Rohde & Schwarz ESRP Series User Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Rohde & Schwarz Manuals
  4. Test Equipment
  5. ESRP Series
  6. User manual

Rohde & Schwarz ESRP Series User Manual

Emi test receiver
Hide thumbs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

®
R&S
ESRP
EMI Test Receiver
User Manual
(;ÙØ]2)
1175744502

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the ESRP Series and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for Rohde & Schwarz ESRP Series

Summary of Contents for Rohde & Schwarz ESRP Series

  • Page 1 ® R&S ESRP EMI Test Receiver User Manual (;ÙØ]2) 1175744502...
  • Page 2 This manual covers the following products: ● R&S ESRP3 (1316.4500.03) ● R&S ESRP7 (1316.4500.07) ● R&S FSV-B9 (1310.9545.02) ● R&S ESRP-K53 (1316.4639.02) ● R&S ESRP-K56 (1316.4897.02) The contents of this manual correspond to firmware version 3.46 or higher. © 2018 Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG Mühldorfstr.
  • Page 3 Safety Instructions Instrucciones de seguridad Sicherheitshinweise Consignes de sécurité Risk of injury and instrument damage The instrument must be used in an appropriate manner to prevent personal injury or instrument damage. ● Do not open the instrument casing. ● Read and observe the "Basic Safety Instructions" delivered as printed brochure with the instrument.
  • Page 4 Gefahr von Verletzungen und Schäden am Gerät Betreiben Sie das Gerät immer ordnungsgemäß, um elektrischen Schlag, Brand, Verletzungen von Personen oder Geräteschäden zu verhindern. ● Öffnen Sie das Gerätegehäuse nicht. ● Lesen und beachten Sie die "Grundlegenden Sicherheitshinweise", die als gedruckte Broschüre dem Gerät beiliegen. ●...
  • Page 5 Customer Support Technical support – where and when you need it For quick, expert help with any Rohde & Schwarz equipment, contact one of our Customer Support Centers. A team of highly qualified engineers provides telephone support and will work with you to find a solution to your query on any aspect of the operation, programming or applications of Rohde &...

  • Page 6: Table Of Contents

    ® Contents R&S ESRP Contents 1 Preface....................19 For Your Safety......................19 Conventions Used in the Documentation..............19 1.2.1 Typographical Conventions...................19 1.2.2 Conventions for Procedure Descriptions...............20 1.2.3 Notes on Screenshots....................20 How to Use the Help System..................20 2 Documentation Overview..............23 Getting Started Manual....................23 User Manuals and Help....................23 Service Manual......................
  • Page 7 ® Contents R&S ESRP 3.2.1.4 Connecting the AC Power.....................40 3.2.1.5 Changing the AC Supply Fuse..................40 3.2.1.6 Using an Optional DC Power Supply................40 3.2.1.7 Switching the Instrument On and Off................41 3.2.1.8 Maintenance........................42 3.2.1.9 Performing a Self Alignment and a Self Test..............43 3.2.1.10 Checking the Supplied Options..................43 3.2.2...
  • Page 8 ® Contents R&S ESRP 3.4.2 Means of User Interaction..................... 68 3.4.2.1 Toolbar.......................... 68 3.4.2.2 Touchscreen........................69 3.4.2.3 On-screen Keyboard..................... 70 3.4.2.4 Keypad.......................... 71 3.4.2.5 Rotary Knob........................72 3.4.2.6 Arrow Keys, UNDO/REDO Keys...................72 3.4.2.7 Softkeys........................73 3.4.2.8 Context-sensitive Menus....................74 3.4.2.9 Dialog Boxes......................... 75 3.4.3 Setting Parameters.......................
  • Page 9 ® Contents R&S ESRP 3.5.3.2 Measuring the Modulation Depth of an AM-Modulated Carrier (Span > 0)....100 3.5.3.3 Measuring AM-Modulated Signals................101 3.5.4 Measurements in Zero Span..................103 3.5.4.1 Measuring the Power Characteristic of Burst Signals..........103 3.5.4.2 Measuring the Signal-to-Noise Ratio of Burst Signals..........107 3.5.4.3 Measuring FM-Modulated Signals................110 3.5.5...
  • Page 10 ® Contents R&S ESRP 5.1.7.4 Scan Control....................... 134 5.1.7.5 Final Measurement Control..................136 5.1.7.6 Measurement Settings....................138 5.1.7.7 Spectrogram Configuration..................140 Measurement Basics....................141 5.2.1 Measurement Bandwidth.................... 142 5.2.2 Detectors........................143 5.2.3 Trace Modes....................... 147 5.2.4 AF Demodulation......................148 5.2.5 V-Networks Control (LISN)..................149 5.2.6 Transducers........................
  • Page 11 ® Contents R&S ESRP 5.4.2.3 Markers in Spectrograms.................... 183 5.4.3 (Limit) Lines.........................184 5.4.3.1 Softkeys of the Lines Menu..................185 5.4.3.2 Display Lines.......................189 5.4.3.3 Limit Lines (Frequency/Time Lines)................190 5.4.3.4 Working with Lines...................... 191 5.4.3.5 Selecting a Limit Line....................191 5.4.3.6 Creating a New Limit Line................... 192 5.4.3.7 Editing an Existing Limit Line..................
  • Page 12 ® Contents R&S ESRP 6.2.2.1 Softkeys of the Frequency Menu................315 6.2.2.2 Specifying the Frequency Axis by the Start and Stop Frequency....... 319 6.2.2.3 Specifying the Frequency Axis by the Center Frequency and the Span.....319 6.2.2.4 Specifying the Step Size for the Arrow Keys and the Rotary Knob......319 6.2.2.5 Modifying the Frequency Axis by an Offset..............320 6.2.2.6...
  • Page 13 ® Contents R&S ESRP 6.3.1.3 Specifying the Trace Settings..................368 6.3.1.4 Description of the Averaging Method................368 6.3.1.5 Detector Overview.......................370 6.3.1.6 ASCII File Export Format.................... 370 6.3.2 Spectrogram........................373 6.3.2.1 Working with Spectrograms..................373 6.3.2.2 Softkeys of the Spectrogram Menu................376 6.3.3 Markers........................377 6.3.3.1 Controlling Markers.....................
  • Page 14 ® Contents R&S ESRP Working with I/Q Data....................444 7.5.1 Sample Rate and Maximum Usable Bandwidth (RF Input).........445 8 Tracking Generator................447 Softkeys of the Tracking Generator Menu.............. 447 Connecting External Tracking Generators............. 452 8.2.1 Overview of Generators Supported by the R&S ESRP..........453 Configuring Tracking Generators................456 8.3.1 Internal Tracking Generator..................
  • Page 15 ® Contents R&S ESRP 11 Remote Control.................. 524 11.1 Remote Control - Basics..................524 11.1.1 Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols..............524 11.1.1.1 VISA Libraries......................526 11.1.1.2 Messages........................526 11.1.1.3 LAN Interface......................527 11.1.1.4 GPIB Interface (IEC 625/IEEE 418 Bus Interface)............530 11.1.2 Starting a Remote Control Session................534 11.1.3 Returning to Manual Operation...................
  • Page 16 ® Contents R&S ESRP 11.2.3 Brief Introduction to Remote Control................572 11.2.3.1 Basic Steps in Remote Control Programming.............572 11.2.3.2 Detailed Programming Examples................579 11.2.4 Configuring the GPIB Interface................... 592 11.2.5 Setting Up a Network (LAN) Connection..............592 11.2.5.1 Connecting the Instrument to the Network..............593 11.2.5.2 Assigning the IP Address....................
  • Page 17 ® Contents R&S ESRP 11.4.6.2 Scan Table........................643 11.4.6.3 Peak Search........................647 11.4.6.4 Peak Lists........................650 11.4.6.5 Trace Configuration.....................651 11.4.6.6 LISN Settings......................653 11.4.7 Working with Markers....................656 11.4.7.1 Configuring Marker Functionality................656 11.4.7.2 Using Markers......................659 11.4.7.3 Using Delta Markers....................665 11.4.8 Limit Lines........................672 11.4.8.1 Using Display Lines.....................672 11.4.8.2...
  • Page 18 ® Contents R&S ESRP 11.5.2.3 Bandwidth Settings..................... 798 11.5.2.4 Sweep Configuration....................801 11.5.2.5 Trigger Configuration....................804 11.5.2.6 Vertical Axis Configuration...................811 11.5.3 Analyzing Spectrum Measurements................815 11.5.3.1 Trace Configuration.....................815 11.5.3.2 Spectrogram........................824 11.5.3.3 Limit Lines........................828 11.5.3.4 Markers........................829 11.6 Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode.............. 855 11.6.1 Using the I/Q Analyzer....................
  • Page 19 ® Contents R&S ESRP 11.13.1.3 Defining the Contents of the Title Page...............939 11.13.1.4 Managing Templates....................939 11.13.2 Creating a Test Report....................941 11.13.2.1 Configuring and Printing the Test Report..............941 11.13.2.2 Adding and Removing Datasets..................941 11.13.2.3 Selecting Datasets for the Report................943 11.13.3 Deprecated Commands (Test Report)................
  • Page 20 ® Contents R&S ESRP 11.17.2.3 Measuring the AM Modulation Depth................976 11.17.3 Limit Lines and Limit Test....................976 11.17.4 Measuring the Channel and Adjacent Channel Power..........978 11.17.5 Occupied Bandwidth Measurement................981 11.17.6 Time Domain Power Measurement................982 11.17.7 Fast Power Measurement on Power Ramps.............. 983 11.17.7.1 Power Measurement with Multi-Summary Marker............
  • Page 21 ® Contents R&S ESRP 12.1 Cleaning........................1038 12.2 Storing and Packing....................1039 12.3 List of Available Power Cables................1039 13 Error Messages................1040 14 Appendix: LAN Interface..............1042 14.1 Configuring the Network..................1042 14.1.1 Changing the Computer Name................. 1043 14.1.2 Changing the Domain or Workgroup.................1043 14.1.3 Operating the Instrument Without a Network............

  • Page 22: Preface

    ® Preface R&S ESRP Conventions Used in the Documentation 1 Preface This chapter provides safety-related information, an overview of the user documenta- tion and the conventions used in the documentation. 1.1 For Your Safety The R&S ESRP is designated for use in industrial, administrative, and laboratory envi- ronments.

  • Page 23: Conventions For Procedure Descriptions

    ® Preface R&S ESRP How to Use the Help System Convention Description Links Links that you can click are displayed in blue font. "References" References to other parts of the documentation are enclosed by quota- tion marks. 1.2.2 Conventions for Procedure Descriptions When operating the instrument, several alternative methods may be available to per- form the same task.
  • Page 24 ® Preface R&S ESRP How to Use the Help System If a softkey opens a submenu and you press the softkey a second time, the submenu of the softkey is displayed. Contents of the help dialog box The help dialog box contains four tabs: ●...
  • Page 25 ® Preface R&S ESRP How to Use the Help System Closing the help window ► Press the [ESC] key or a function key on the front panel. User Manual 1175.7445.02 ─ 08...

  • Page 26: Documentation Overview

    ® Documentation Overview R&S ESRP Service Manual 2 Documentation Overview This section provides an overview of the R&S ESRP user documentation. Unless specified otherwise, you find the documents on the R&S ESRP product page at: www.rohde-schwarz.com/manual/esrp 2.1 Getting Started Manual Introduces the R&S ESRP and describes how to set up and start working with the product.

  • Page 27: Instrument Security Procedures

    ® Documentation Overview R&S ESRP Application Notes, Application Cards, White Papers, etc. 2.4 Instrument Security Procedures Deals with security issues when working with the R&S ESRP in secure areas. It is available for download on the Internet. 2.5 Basic Safety Instructions Contains safety instructions, operating conditions and further important information.

  • Page 28: Quick Start

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Front and Rear Panel View 3 Quick Start Note: the following chapters are identical to those in the printed R&S ESRP Quick Start Guide. ● Front and Rear Panel View..................25 ● Preparing for Use....................36 ●...

  • Page 29: Function Keys On The Front Panel

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Front and Rear Panel View Description Auxiliary functions to display Windows Chapter 3.1.1.1, "Function Keys on the Front Panel", Start menu or on-screen keyboard on page 26 Display options for screen Chapter 3.4.4, "Changing the Display", on page 81 Navigation options for screen menu...
  • Page 30 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Front and Rear Panel View Table 3-1: Function keys Turns the instrument on and off. Restores the default configuration of the R&S ESRP. Provides functionality to save, restore and manage instrument settings and other files. Provides functionality for general instrument configuration, for example: ●...
  • Page 31 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Front and Rear Panel View Allows you to define and use softkeys to load custom configurations. Opens the root menu of the current application. FREQ (CHANNEL) Provides functionality to define frequency parameters, for example: ● the center or receiver frequency ●...

  • Page 32: Touchscreen Display

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Front and Rear Panel View MEAS Provides the measurement functions, for example: ● the bargraph measurement (in Receiver mode) ● the scan and final measurement (in Receiver mode) ● the AF demodulation (in Receiver mode) ●...

  • Page 33: Connectors On The Front Panel

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Front and Rear Panel View Figure 3-2: Touchscreen elements 1 = Toolbar with standard application functions, e.g. print, save/open file etc. 2 = Tabs for individual measurement tasks 3 = Channel information bar for current measurement settings 4 = Diagram header with diagram-specific (trace) information 5 = Measurement results area 6 = Diagram footer with diagram-specific information, depending on measurement mode...
  • Page 34 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Front and Rear Panel View EMI impact on measurement results Electromagnetic interference (EMI) may affect the measurement results. To suppress generated electromagnetic interference (EMI): ● Use suitable shielded cables of high quality. For example, use double-shielded RF and LAN cables.

  • Page 35: Optional Front Panel Connectors

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Front and Rear Panel View The probe power connector on the left supports supply voltages of ±10 V and ground. The maximum permissible current is 200 mA. This probe power connector is suitable, for example, for transducers from Rohde & Schwarz. The probe power connector on the right supports supply voltages from +15 V to -12.6 V and ground.

  • Page 36: Rear Panel View

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Front and Rear Panel View 3.1.2 Rear Panel View The rear panel of the R&S ESRP is shown in Figure 3-3. Each element is described in more detail in the subsequent sections. Figure 3-3: R&S ESRP rear panel 1 = LAN 2 = TRIGGER OUTPUT 3 = IF/VIDEO...
  • Page 37 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Front and Rear Panel View The main power switch works as follows. ● Position "O": The instrument is disconnected from the AC power supply. ● Position "1": The instrument is supplied with power and in operation. For more information see Chapter 3.2.1.7, "Switching the Instrument On and Off",...
  • Page 38 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Front and Rear Panel View TRIGGER OUTPUT The female BNC connector can be used to provide a signal to another device. The sig- nal is TTL compatible (0 V / 5 V). You can control the trigger output with the functionality provided in the "In-/Output" menu ([INPUT/OUTPUT] key).

  • Page 39: Optional Rear Panel Connectors

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use 3.1.2.2 Optional Rear Panel Connectors OCXO option (R&S FSV-B4) This option generates a very precise 10 MHz reference signal. If installed, this signal is used as an internal reference. It can also be used to synchronize other connected devi- ces via the REF OUT connector.

  • Page 40: Unpacking And Checking The Instrument

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use Risk of instrument damage due to inappropriate operating conditions An unsuitable operating site or test setup can damage the instrument and connected devices. Before switching on the instrument, observe the information on appropriate operating conditions provided in the data sheet.

  • Page 41: Accessory List

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use 4. Carefully unthread the corrugated cardboard cover at the front that protects the instrument handles and remove it. 5. Check the equipment for completeness using the delivery note and the accessory lists for the various items. 6.
  • Page 42 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use Risk of injury if feet are folded out The feet can fold in if they are not folded out completely or if the instrument is shifted. Collapsing feet can cause injury or damage the instrument. ●...

  • Page 43: Connecting The Ac Power

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use Rackmounting The R&S ESRP can be installed in a rack using a rack adapter kit (for the order no., see data sheet). The installation instructions are part of the adapter kit. Risk of instrument damage due to insufficient airflow in a rack If the instrument is run with insufficient airflow for a longer period, the instrument over- heats, which can disturb the operation and even cause damage.

  • Page 44: Switching The Instrument On And Off

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use For installation instructions see the option's installation guide. Shock hazard due to power supply If you use external power supplies to supply the equipment with DC safety extra low voltage (SELV), make sure the requirements for reinforced or double insulation are met, according to DIN/EN/IEC 61010 (UL61010, CAN CSA C22.2 No.

  • Page 45: Maintenance

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use After booting, the instrument is ready for operation. A green LED above the [ON/ OFF] key indicates this. Warm-up time for OCXO When the instrument is switched on, the OCXO requires an extended warm-up time (see data sheet).

  • Page 46: Performing A Self Alignment And A Self Test

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use 3.2.1.9 Performing a Self Alignment and a Self Test Operating temperature Before performing this functional test, make sure that the instrument has reached its operating temperature (for details, refer to the data sheet). Performing a self alignment 1.

  • Page 47: Connecting Usb Devices

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use 4. Check the availability of the hardware options as indicated in the delivery note. For an overview of the available options, refer to the datasheet. 3.2.2 Connecting USB Devices The USB interfaces of the R&S ESRP allow you to connect USB devices directly to the instrument.

  • Page 48: Connecting An External Monitor

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use Select "Start > Settings > Devices > Mouse & touchpad" to configure the mouse prop- erties. To access the Windows operating system, press the Windows key on the exter- nal keyboard. Connecting a printer When printing a file, the instrument checks whether a printer is connected and turned on and whether the appropriate printer driver is installed.

  • Page 49: Selecting The Frequency Reference Signal

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use ● Selecting the Frequency Reference Signal.............46 ● Setting the Date and Time..................46 ● Aligning the Touchscreen..................47 ● Setting the Screen Colors..................48 ● Setting the Display Power Save Function............... 50 ● Selecting and Configuring Printers................51 3.2.4.1...

  • Page 50: Aligning The Touchscreen

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use 5. Click "OK". Remote command SYST:DATE 2008,10,1 Changing the time You can change hours, minutes and seconds independently of each other. 1. Select the hour, minute or seconds area of the "Time" field. 2.

  • Page 51: Setting The Screen Colors

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use 3.2.4.4 Setting the Screen Colors To change the colors of the displayed objects, two default color settings are provided. Alternatively, you can change the color of objects individually using predefined colors or using colors of your own definition. Some color settings are defined by the selected theme, see Chapter 3.4.4.9, "Selecting Theme",...
  • Page 52 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use 4. Press the arrow on the "Selected Object" list and select the object for which you want to change the color setting. 5. Select the color you want to use for the object. The defined color is displayed in the "Preview"...

  • Page 53: Setting The Display Power Save Function

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use 4. Press the arrow on the "Selected Object" list and select the object for which you want to change the color setting. 5. In the color palette, select the color you want to use for the object, or enter values for tint, saturation and brightness.

  • Page 54: Selecting And Configuring Printers

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use Activating display power save 1. Press the [SETUP] key. 2. Press the "Display Setup" softkey. 3. Press the "More" softkey. 4. Press the "Display Pwr Save On/Off" softkey. The power save mode is activated ("On" is highlighted), and the dialog box to enter the response time is displayed.
  • Page 55 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use 3. To change the tab in order to define the second print setting, press the tab on the screen. 4. Define the output by selecting the required options. ● To save the hardcopy in an image file, select one of the image types. Depend- ing on the image type, the color depth varies (e.g.

  • Page 56: Windows Operating System

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use 2. Press the "Colors" softkey. 3. To print in color, press the "Select Print Color Set" softkey to select the color set. The "Select Print Color Set" dialog box is displayed. 4. Select the color set by using the arrow keys and confirm your selection by pressing the [ENTER] key.

  • Page 57: Virus Protection

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use Risk of rendering instrument unusable The instrument is equipped with the Windows 7 operating system. You can install addi- tional software on the instrument, however, additional software can impair instrument function. Thus, run only programs that Rohde & Schwarz has tested for compatibility with the instrument software.
  • Page 58 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use Automatic login For the administrator account, an automatic login function is active by default. If activa- ted, login is carried out automatically for the administrator (with full access) in the back- ground when the R&S ESRP is started, without having to enter a password. This func- tion is active until you explicitly deactivate it or change the password.

  • Page 59: Accessing The Start Menu

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use 3. Enter the command C:\R_S\INSTR\USER\NO_AUTOLOGIN.REG. 4. Press the [ENTER] key to confirm. This command deactivates the automatic login function. The next time you switch on the instrument, the operating system prompts you to enter your user name and password before it starts the firmware.

  • Page 60: Accessing The Windows Taskbar

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Preparing for Use In addition, the taskbar becomes visible. When you connect an external keyboard, you can access the "Start Menu" using the "Windows" key or the [Ctrl] + [Esc] key combination. All necessary system settings can be defined in the "Start > Settings" menu (for required settings refer to the Windows 7 documentation and to the hardware descrip- tion).

  • Page 61: Firmware Update And Installation Of Firmware Options

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Firmware Update and Installation of Firmware Options Setting the default ID response string ► In the "GPIB" menu, press the "ID String Factory" softkey to select the default response to the *IDN? command. Setting a user-defined ID response string ►...

  • Page 62: Activating Firmware Options

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Firmware Update and Installation of Firmware Options c) Press the "Select" button to confirm your selection and go back to the "Firm- ware Update" dialog box. 6. Press "Execute" The installation program will guide you through the installation. 7.

  • Page 63: Basic Operations

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations 6. Press the [ENTER] key. If validation is successful, the message "option key valid" is displayed. If the valida- tion fails, the option software is not installed. 7. Reboot the instrument. With time-limited licenses, a message box appears if an option is about to expire. Press the "OK"...

  • Page 64: Channel Display

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations 1 = Operation mode tabs 2 = Hardware information 3 = Header of the result display containing trace information 4 = Result display 5 = Footer of the result display containing general measurement settings 6 = Calibration status 7 = Error messages 8 = Measurement status information...

  • Page 65: Display Of Hardware Settings

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations To start a new channel 1. Click the icon in the toolbar at the top of the screen (see also Chapter 3.4.2.1, "Toolbar", on page 68 on how to display the toolbar). 2. Select the softkey for the required measurement mode. A new tab is displayed for the new channel.

  • Page 66: Measurement Settings Information

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations Ref Level Reference level RF attenuation level. Ref Offset Reference level offset Sweep time that has been set. If the sweep time does not correspond to the value for automatic coupling, a bullet is displayed in front of the field. The color of the bullet turns red if the sweep time is set below the value for automatic coupling.

  • Page 67: Diagram-Specific And Trace Information

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations Label Description The sweep is set to single sweep mode. Sweep Count The current signal count for measurement tasks that involve a specific number of subse- quent sweeps (see "Sweep Count" setting in "Sweep" menu in the Operating manual) Trigger source (for details see trigger settings in the "TRIG"...
  • Page 68 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations Trace color Color of trace display in diagram Trace no. Trace number (1 to 6) Detector Selected detector: AUTOPEAK detector MAX PEAK detector MIN PEAK detector SAMPLE detector AVERAGE detector RMS detector QUASIPEAK detector CISPR Average detector RMS Average detector Trace Mode...

  • Page 69: Instrument And Status Information

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations NOIse Noise measurement active MDepth Measurement of the AM modulation depth active TOI measurement active Marker Information in Marker Table In addition to the marker information displayed within the diagram grid, a separate marker table may be displayed beneath the diagram.
  • Page 70 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations Hiding the status bar You can hide the status bar display, e.g. in order to enlarge the display area for the measurement results. 1. Press the [DISPLAY] key. 2. In the "Display Settings" dialog box, select "Status Bar State: Off". The status bar is no longer displayed.

  • Page 71: Means Of User Interaction

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations Date and time The date and time settings of the instrument are displayed in the status bar. 3.4.2 Means of User Interaction The instrument provides a user interface for operation that does not require an external keyboard, using the following means of interaction: ●...

  • Page 72: Touchscreen

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations 1. Press the [SETUP] key. 2. Press the "Display Setup" softkey. 3. Press the "Tool Bar State On/Off" softkey. 4. Press the [DISPLAY] key. 5. In the "Display Settings" dialog box, select "Tool Bar State: On". The toolbar is displayed at the top of the screen.

  • Page 73: On-Screen Keyboard

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations To imitate a right-click by mouse using the touchscreen, for example to open a context- sensitive menu for a specific item, press the screen for about 1 second. Deactivating and Activating the Touchscreen Function The touchscreen function can be deactivated, e.g.

  • Page 74: Keypad

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations 3.4.2.4 Keypad The keypad is used to enter alphanumeric parameters. It contains the following keys: ● Alphanumeric keys Enters numbers and (special) characters in edit dialog boxes. For details refer to Chapter 3.4.3.1, "Entering Numeric Parameters", on page 76 and Chapter 3.4.3.2, "Entering Alphanumeric...

  • Page 75: Rotary Knob

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations – In a dialog box, activates or deactivates the selected option of the focused area, if the edit mode is active. 3.4.2.5 Rotary Knob The rotary knob has several functions: ● Increments (clockwise direction) or decrements (counter-clockwise direc- tion) the instrument parameter at a defined step width in the case of a numeric entry.

  • Page 76: Softkeys

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations UNDO/REDO keys ● The [UNDO] key reverts the previously performed action, i.e. the status before the previous action is retrieved. The undo function is useful, for example, if you are performing a zero span mea- surement with several markers and a limit line defined and accidentally click the "ACP"...

  • Page 77: Context-Sensitive Menus

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations ● Opens a dialog box to enter data. ● Switches a function on or off. ● Opens a submenu (only softkeys with a ">" symbol). Recognizing the softkey status by color In the factory configuration, a softkey is highlighted orange when a corresponding dia- log box is open.

  • Page 78: Dialog Boxes

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations If a menu entry contains an arrow to the right of it, a submenu is available for that entry. ► To close the menu, press the ESC key or click in the display outside of the menu. 3.4.2.9 Dialog Boxes In most cases, the R&S ESRP dialog boxes are designed to enter a numeric value.

  • Page 79: Setting Parameters

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations The title bar shows the name of the parameter that was selected. The entry is per- formed in the editing line. When the dialog box is displayed, the focus is on the editing line and it contains the currently used parameter value and its unit.
  • Page 80 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations sign key (-) toggles between capital and small letters. For the assignment refer to Table 3-3. Entering numbers and (special) characters via the keypad 1. Press the key once to enter the first possible value. 2.

  • Page 81: Navigating In Dialog Boxes

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations Key name Series of (special) characters and number provided (upper inscription) G H I 4 J K L 5 M N O 6 Ň Ö P Q R S 1 T U V 2 Ü W X Y Z 3 <blank>...
  • Page 82 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations you must first switch to the edit mode in order to make changes. A focused area in the edit mode is marked with a dashed blue frame (see Figure 3-7). Figure 3-6: Focused area Figure 3-7: Focused area in edit mode Edit mode When using the touchscreen for focus changes, all focused areas are in the edit mode...
  • Page 83 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations ● To select or deselect an option, press the option on the screen. Alternatively: – If the focused area consists of more than one option and the edit mode is not active, change into the edit mode. –...

  • Page 84: Changing The Display

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations 3.4.4 Changing the Display 3.4.4.1 Changing the Focus Any selected function is always performed on the currently focussed element in the display, e.g. a dialog field, diagram, or table row. Which element is focussed is indica- ted by a blue frame (diagram, window, table) or is otherwise highlighted (softkey, marker etc.).
  • Page 85 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations Switching to soft Front Panel display 1. Press the SETUP key. 2. Press the "General Setup" softkey. 3. Press the "More" softkey. 4. Press the "Soft Front Panel" softkey. Alternatively: 5. Press the [DISPLAY] key. 6.
  • Page 86 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations Icon Function Turn left Enter Turn right Switching to Mini Front Panel display 1. Press the [DISPLAY] key. 2. In the "Display Settings" dialog box, select "Mini Front Panel State: On". The "Mini Front Panel" window appears on the screen. It can be moved anywhere on the screen where it does not interfere with your current task.

  • Page 87: Enlarging The Display Area

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations Auto close option By default, the "Auto close" option is activated and the Mini Front Panel window closes automatically after you select a key. This is useful if you only require the Front Panel display to press a single function key.
  • Page 88 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations Zoom and the number of sweep points Note that zooming is merely a visual tool, it does not change any measurement set- tings, such as the number of sweep points! You should increase the number of sweep points before zooming, as otherwise the function has no real effect (see the "Sweep Points"...

  • Page 89: Adding A Title To The Diagram Header

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations To return to selection mode in the diagram While you are in zoom mode, touching the screen changes the zoom area. In order to select or move a trace or marker, you must switch back to selection mode: ►...

  • Page 90: Removing The Diagram Footer

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Operations 2. Press the "Display Setup" softkey. 3. Press the "Screen Title On/Off" softkey. An edit dialog box is displayed. 4. Enter the title and press "ENTER". The title is displayed at the beginning of the diagram header. 3.4.4.8 Removing the Diagram Footer Some additional diagram-specific information is displayed in the diagram footer (see...

  • Page 91: Changing The Display Update Rate

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples 2. Press the "Display Setup" softkey. 3. Press the "Time+Date" softkey to "Off". Changing the format 1. Press the SETUP key. 2. Press the "Display Setup" softkey. 3. Press the "Time+Date Format" softkey until the required format is selected. Setting the date and time To set the date and time, click on the date and time display in the diagram footer.

  • Page 92: Measuring A Sinusoidal Signal

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples For a more detailed description of the basic operating steps, e.g. selecting menus and setting parameters, refer to Chapter 3.4, "Basic Operations", on page 60. 3.5.1 Measuring a Sinusoidal Signal One of the most common measurement tasks that can be handled by using a signal analyzer is determining the level and frequency of a signal.
  • Page 93 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples b) In the dialog box, enter 1 using the numeric keypad and confirm the entry by pressing the [MHz] key. Note: Coupled settings. When the frequency span is defined, the resolution band- width, the video bandwidth and the sweep time are automatically adjusted, because these functions are defined as coupled functions in the presettings.

  • Page 94: Measuring The Signal Frequency Using The Frequency Counter

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Low Reference Levels If the selected reference level is lower than the highest signal that occurs in the spec- trum, the signal path in the R&S ESRP is overloaded. In this case, the message "IFOVL" is displayed in the error message field. In the presettings, the value of the reference level is -10 dBm.
  • Page 95 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples The R&S ESRP is set to its default state. 2. Select "Spectrum" mode. 3. Set the center frequency and the span. a) Press the [FREQ] key and enter 128 MHz. The center frequency of the R&S ESRP is set to 128 MHz. b) Press the [SPAN] key and enter 1 MHz.

  • Page 96: Measuring Harmonics Of Sinusoidal Signals

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Prerequisites for using the internal frequency counter In order to obtain a correct result when measuring the frequency with the internal fre- quency counter, an RF sinusoidal signal or a spectral line must be available. The marker must be located more than 25 dB above the noise level to ensure that the specified measurement accuracy is adhered to.
  • Page 97 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples b) In the "MKR" menu, press the "Marker 3" softkey. "Marker 3" is activated as a delta marker ("D3 [1]"). It is automatically set on the next largest harmonic of the signal. The frequency offset and level offset from marker 1 on the fundamental are displayed in the channel information bar (see Figure...
  • Page 98 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Reducing the noise by reducing the video bandwidth 1. Press the [BW] key. 2. Press the "Video BW Manual" softkey. 3. Reduce the video bandwidth to 1 kHz (for example), by entering 1 kHz. This smoothes the noise significantly, and the sweep time is increased to 200 ms.

  • Page 99: Measuring Signal Spectra With Multiple Signals

    ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples 3. For "Trace 1", press the button in the "Trace Mode" column and select "Average" from the list. The noise component of the trace is smoothed by averaging 10 successive traces. 4. Switch off trace averaging by pressing the button in the "Trace Mode" column and selecting "Clear Write"...
  • Page 100 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Example: Separating Two Signals The two signals have a level of -30 dBm each at a frequency spacing of 30 kHz Table 3-5: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU) Level Frequency Signal generator 1 -30 dBm 128,00 MHz Signal generator 2...
  • Page 101 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Figure 3-11: Measurement of two equally-leveled RF sinusoidal signals with the resolution band- width which corresponds to the frequency spacing of the signals Matching generator and R&S ESRP frequencies The level drop is located exactly in the center of the screen only if the generator frequencies match the frequency display of the R&S ESRP exactly.
  • Page 102 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Figure 3-12: Measurement of two equally-leveled RF sinusoidal signals with a resolution band- width which is larger than their frequency spacing Note: Reducing the resolution bandwidth. The resolution bandwidth (RBW) can be reduced again by turning the rotary knob counterclockwise, thus yielding a higher frequency resolution.
  • Page 103 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Figure 3-13: Measurement of two equally-leveled RF sinusoidal signals with a resolution band- width (1 kHz) which is significantly smaller than their frequency spacing 3.5.3.2 Measuring the Modulation Depth of an AM-Modulated Carrier (Span > 0) In the frequency range display, the AM side bands can be resolved with a narrow bandwidth and measured separately.
  • Page 104 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Table 3-6: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU) Frequency 128 MHz Level -30 dBm Modulation 50 % AM, 10 kHz AF 1. Set the signal analyzer to the default state by pressing the [PRESET] key. The R&S ESRP is set to its default state.
  • Page 105 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Table 3-7: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU) Frequency 128 MHz Level -30 dBm Modulation 50 % AM, 1 kHz AF 1. Set the signal analyzer to the default state by pressing the [PRESET] key. The R&S ESRP is set to its default state.
  • Page 106 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples 3.5.4 Measurements in Zero Span For radio transmission systems that use the TDMA method (e.g. GSM or IS136), trans- mission quality is determined not only by spectral characteristics but also by character- istics in zero span.
  • Page 107 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples b) Press the "Sweeptime Manual" softkey and enter 1 ms. The R&S ESRP shows the GSM burst continuously across the display. 6. By using the video trigger, set triggering on the rising edge of the burst. a) Press the [TRIG] key.
  • Page 108 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Figure 3-15: Measurement of the average power during the burst of a GSM signal Measuring the Edges of a GSM Burst with High Time Resolution Because of the high time resolution of the R&S ESRP at the 0 Hz display range, the edges of TDMA bursts can be measured precisely.
  • Page 109 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples a) Press the [MEAS] key. b) Press the "All Functions Off" softkey. 2. Increase the time resolution to 100 µs. a) Press the [SWEEP] key. b) Press the "Sweeptime Manual" softkey and enter 100 µs. 3.
  • Page 110 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Figure 3-17: Falling edge of the GSM burst displayed with high time resolution 3.5.4.2 Measuring the Signal-to-Noise Ratio of Burst Signals When TDMA transmission methods are used, the signal-to-noise ratio or the deactiva- tion dynamic range can be measured by comparing the power values during the activa- tion phase and the deactivation phase of the transmission burst.
  • Page 111 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples 1. Set the signal analyzer to the default state by pressing the [PRESET] key. The R&S ESRP is set to its default state. 2. Select "Spectrum" mode. 3. Set the center frequency to 890 MHz, the span to 0 Hz and the resolution band- width to 1 MHz.
  • Page 112 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples g) Using the rotary knob, move the second vertical line to the end of the burst. The R&S ESRP displays the power during the activation phase of the burst. Figure 3-18: Power measurement during the activation phase of the burst 8.
  • Page 113 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples b) Switch the "Trg/Gate Polarity" softkey to "Neg." The R&S ESRP initiates triggering in response to the falling edge of the burst. This shifts the burst to the left-hand half of the measurement diagram. The power is measured in the deactivation phase.
  • Page 114 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Displaying the AF of an FM-Modulated Carrier Test setup Table 3-11: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU) Frequency 128 MHz Level -20 dBm Modulation FM 0 kHz deviation (i.e. FM modulation is deactiva- ted), 1 kHz AF 1.
  • Page 115 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples Using the rotary knob, set the reference level such that the filter edge at the center frequency intersects the -10 dB level line. The filter edge of the 300 kHz filter is displayed. This corresponds to the demodulator characteristic for FM signals with a steepness of approx.
  • Page 116 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples c) Press the "Trg/Gate Level" softkey and enter 50%. A static image for the FM AF signal is produced. Result: (-10 ( 5) dB; this yields a deviation of 100 kHz when the steepness of the demodulator characteristic is 5 dB/100 kHz.
  • Page 117 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples hard disk or - if selected - on a USB device (e.g. memory stick) or on a network drive. The hard disk has the drive letter C:. In the default state, the current settings are stored. This includes the settings of the measurement functions, the activated limit lines and the active transducer factor.
  • Page 118 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples 5. Press the "Save File" softkey. The settings file is stored and the dialog box is closed. 3.5.5.2 Storing Traces Before you can store traces, you must first select the corresponding item entry. To do so, proceed as follows: 1.
  • Page 119 ® Quick Start R&S ESRP Basic Measurement Examples OFF] key on the front panel; see Chapter 3.2.1.7, "Switching the Instrument On and Off", on page 41. If the instrument is preset, it loads the presettings. You can alter these settings and define a settings file to be loaded. This requires per- forming the following procedure.
  • Page 120 ® Measurement Modes R&S ESRP Spectrum Mode 4 Measurement Modes The R&S ESRP provides several measurement modes for different analysis tasks. When you activate a measurement mode, a new measurement channel is created. The channel determines the settings for that measurement mode. Each channel is dis- played in a separate tab on the screen.
  • Page 121 ® Measurement Modes R&S ESRP Measurement Mode Root Menus (HOME Key) For more information on functionality available for the Spectrum mode see Chapter 6, "Spectrum Measurements", on page 197. SCPI command: INST SAN 4.3 I/Q Analyzer Mode The I/Q Analyzer mode provides measurement and display functions for digital I/Q sig- nals.

  • Page 122: Bargraph Measurement

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays 5 Receiver Mode In receiver mode, the R&S ESRP measures the level at the set frequency with a selected bandwidth and measurement time. Signal weighting is by means of detectors. A frequency scan can be performed after setting the start and stop frequency and the step width.

  • Page 123: If Spectrum Analysis

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays Up to four bargraphs with different detector weighting can be displayed simultaneously. The R&S ESRP assigns a different color to each detector. This provides an easy way to compare the signal level with different weighting factors. 1 = current level unit 2 = current receiver frequency 3 = detectors...

  • Page 124: Scans

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays carrier or pulse-like interference which is represented in the form of narrow horizontal lines on the screen. The accuracy of the frequency axis corresponds to the reference used (internal or external). The frequency display range (span) can be selected between 1 kHz and 10 MHz in steps of 1, 2 and 5.
  • Page 125 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays The scan can be performed as a single scan or continuously. In the case of single scan it is stopped when the stop frequency is reached. The continuous scan can be interrup- ted or terminated any time.
  • Page 126 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays 5.1.3.2 Time Domain Scans in the Frequency Domain Time Domain scan are available with firmware application R&S ESRP-K53. Measure- ment results fully comply with CISPR 16-1-1 standards. Time domain scan reduce the overall measurement time enormously. For applications like voltage tests, no preliminary measurement for data reduction is required, because the final measurement with the quasipeak detector is already fast enough.

  • Page 127: Peak List And Data Reduction

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays Range Start = Start frequency of the scan range. To avoid overlapping scan ranges, the stop frequency of the previous scan range is adjusted if necessary. Range Stop = Stop frequency of the scan range. To avoid overlapping scan ranges, the start range of the next scan range is adjusted if necessary.
  • Page 128 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays If the scan uses the detector stipulated by the specifications, the peak list already pro- vides the final measurement data. Data Reduction using the Peak List EMI measurements may involve much time because the time constants of up to 160 ms prescribed by the standard for the quasipeak weighting lead to long measurement times per each value.

  • Page 129: Final Measurement

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays be used for the final measurement performed with the CISPR Avg detector and the fre- quency found in the prescan carried out with the peak detector is taken for the final measurement using the quasipeak detector.

  • Page 130: Spectrogram

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays In interactive final measurement mode, the R&S ESRP stops on each frequency of the peak list. If required, the frequency can be fine tuned, e.g. if the interferer has shifted. For fine tuning, the bargraph display can be used to find the new peak value. The level measurement is performed only after initialization by the user.
  • Page 131 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays Each color in the spectrogram corresponds to a particular power level that is shown in the color map in the title bar of the result display. The color the R&S ESRP assigns to each power level depends on: ●...
  • Page 132 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays Selecting the color scheme Before adjusting the details of the color map, you should select the color scheme you are most comfortable with. You can select from four different color schemes: ●...
  • Page 133 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays 20 dB of the distribution. Note that the color map has to cover at least 10% of the range of the horizontal axis. Alternatively, you can set the range in the numeric input field. In that field, you have to enter the distance from the right and left border as a percentage.
  • Page 134 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays Defining the shape of the color curve Now that the color scheme and range of the color map suit your needs, you can improve the color map even more by changing the shape of the color curve. The color curve is a tool to shift the focus of the color distribution on the color map.

  • Page 135: Measurement Control

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays 5.1.7 Measurement Control Measurements in receiver mode allow you to control the course of the measurement. This way, you can make use of the automated test sequences but still be able to change the setup once the test sequence is already running.

  • Page 136: Bargraph Control

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays The Spectrogram of the Scan is independent of the Spectrogram available for IF Analysis and vice versa. Therefore you should regard the two Spectrograms as sepa- rate result displays. For more information see Chapter 5.1.6, "Spectrogram", on page 127.

  • Page 137: Scan Control

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays A single bargraph measurement evaluates the signal level at the receiver frequency once and then stops. Remote command: on page 609 INITiate<n>:CONTinuous Bargraph Maxhold Turns the maxhold bargraph on and off. The maxhold bargraph shows the highest level that has been measured.
  • Page 138 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays Hold Scan Interrupts the scan and opens a submenu that contains functionality to control the scan. Data that has already been collected is kept in the memory. Remote command: on page 609 HOLD Continue at Rec Frequency Resumes the scan at a set receiver frequency.

  • Page 139: Final Measurement Control

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays 5.1.7.5 Final Measurement Control The final measurement is started in the "Test Automation" menu . The R&S ESRP pro- vides two methods to perform a final measurement: an automatic and interactive final measurement.
  • Page 140 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays 4. The level measurement on the current frequency is initiated after you press the "Measure" softkey. 5. After the final measurement on the current frequency is done, the R&S ESRP replaces the scan result in the peak list with the result of the final measurement. If the frequency has drifted compared to the one of the prescan, it also updates the frequency in the peak list.

  • Page 141: Measurement Settings

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays Available for interactive final measurements. Remote command: Get Maxhold Uses the highest level that was measured during the scan for the final results instead of the signal level measured during the final measurement. Remote command: Measure Initiates a final measurement on the current peak.
  • Page 142 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays Remote command: on page 634 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer Bargraph Detector Opens a submenu to select the detector for the bargraph result display. Each detector you select adds another bargraph to the result display. Up to four bar- graphs at the same time are possible.

  • Page 143: Spectrogram Configuration

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurements and Result Displays Remote command: Turning on the squelch: on page 617 [SENSe:]DEMod:SQUelch[:STATe] Defining a squelch level: on page 617 [SENSe:]DEMod:SQUelch:LEVel Add To Peak List Adds the current receiver frequency to the peak list. Remote command: Test Automation Opens a dialog box to configure automated test sequences.

  • Page 144: Measurement Basics

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics For more information see Chapter 5.1.6.2, "Color Map", on page 128. 1 = Color map: shows the current color distribution 2 = Preview pane: shows a preview of the spectrogram with any changes that you make to the color scheme 3 = Color curve pane: graphic representation of all settings available to customize the color scheme 4 = Color range start and stop sliders: define the range of the color map (amplitudes for the spectrogram)

  • Page 145: Measurement Bandwidth

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics ● Measurement Bandwidth..................142 ● Detectors.......................143 ● Trace Modes......................147 ● Demodulation....................148 ● V-Networks Control (LISN)..................149 ● Transducers......................150 ● Preamplifier......................151 ● Exported Peak List....................152 ● Formats for Returned Values: ASCII Format and Binary Format......153 5.2.1 Measurement Bandwidth The measurement bandwidth ("RES BW") defines the bandwidth of the resolution filter.

  • Page 146: Detectors

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics For small measurement bandwidths, the measurement time increases. Bandwidths and detectors If you use the Quasipeak, CISPR Average or RMS Average detector, the R&S ESRP by default couples the resolution bandwidth to the receiver frequency. If you need a different bandwidth, you can decouple the bandwidth from the frequency.
  • Page 147 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics voltage are summed up and divided by the number of samples at the end of the mea- surement time. This corresponds to a filtering with a rectangular window in the time domain and a filtering with sin x/x characteristic in the frequency domain. With modulated signals the measurement time is determined by the lowest modulation frequency to be averaged.
  • Page 148 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics The sample detector is used for IF analysis and for noise or phase noise marker calcu- lation in analyzer mode. However, it is unreliable if the displayed span is much wider than the resolution bandwidth or if the tuning steps of the local oscillator are too large. Quasipeak detector The quasipeak detector yields the maximum detected value weighted to CISPR 16-1-1 that was detected during the measurement time.
  • Page 149 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics Band A Band B Band C/D Band E Frequency range < 150 kHz 150 kHz to 30 MHz 30 MHz to 1 GHz > 1 GHz Resolution band- 200 Hz 9 kHz 120 kHz 1 MHz width Time constant of...

  • Page 150: Trace Modes

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics Table 5-1: RMS Average detector Band A Band B Band C/D Band E Frequency range < 150 kHz 150 kHz to 30 MHz 30 MHz to 1 GHz > 1 GHz Resolution band- 200 Hz 9 kHz 120 kHz...

  • Page 151: Af Demodulation

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics Min Hold The minimum value is determined from several measurements and displayed. The R&S ESRP saves the smallest of the previously stored/currently measured values in the trace memory. This mode is useful e.g. for making an unmodulated carrier in a composite signal visi- ble.

  • Page 152: V-Networks Control (Lisn)

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics The R&S ESRP demodulates the signal on the receiver frequency in a bandwidth cor- responding to the resolution bandwidth to the audio output. A squelch function that is linked to the video trigger defines the level that the signal must at least have to be demodulated.

  • Page 153: Transducers

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics R&S Receiver Adapter Pin ESH3-Z5 Filter (9-pol  25-pol) PE fl PE flo DGND DGND +5 V +5 V Figure 5-6: Connection from R&S ESRP to R&S ESH3-Z5 Adapter Pin R&S Receiver ENV216 Filter (9-pol ...

  • Page 154: Preamplifier

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics If a transducer is switched on it is considered as part of the unit during the measure- ment, i.e. the measured values are displayed in the correct unit and magnitude. When working with two measurement windows, the transducer is always assigned to two win- dows.

  • Page 155: Exported Peak List

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics overload by strong out-of-band signals is reduced to a minimum. For frequencies between 100 Hz to 7 GHz, the signal level of the subsequent mixer is 20 dB higher so that the maximum input level is reduced by the gain of the preamplifier. For frequencies above 7 GHz, the gain is 30 dB.

  • Page 156: Formats For Returned Values: Ascii Format And Binary Format

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Measurement Basics RF Att;10.000000;dB RF attenuation level in scan range <x> Auto Preamp;OFF; Auto preamplification state for scan range <x> Preamp;0.000000;dB Preamplification state for scan range <x> TRACE <x> FINAL Peak list contents for trace <x> after scan [or final measurement] Trace Mode;CLR/WRITE;...

  • Page 157: Common Measurement Settings

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings Header prefix, 1 byte <NoOfDigits> Number of digits of the following number of data bytes (= 4 in the example), 1 byte <NoOfDataBytes> Number of following data bytes in decimal form (= 1024 in the example), 1...9 bytes <Value>...

  • Page 158: Defining The Frequency And Span

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings 5.3.1 Defining the Frequency and Span The frequency and span settings define the scope of the signal to be analyzed. The settings are available in the [FREQ] and [SPAN] menus. Span settings and signal tracking are only available for IF Analysis (firmware applica- tion R&S ESRP-K56).
  • Page 159 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings Remote command: on page 634 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP Start / Stop Frequency Defines the start and stop frequency for the scan. The range for the start frequency is f to (f - 10 Hz). The range for the stop frequency is (f + 10 Hz) to f and f...

  • Page 160: Configuring The Level Display And The Rf Input

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings For a description of the softkeys of the submenu, see "Signal Track (span > 0)" on page 318. 5.3.2 Configuring the Level Display and the RF Input The settings to define the level display range for the scan and to configure the RF input are available in the [AMPT] menu.

  • Page 161: Auto Range (On Off)

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings An attenuation of 0 dB cannot be set manually either. This avoids 0 dB being switched on inadvertently, particularly when DUTs with high RFI voltage are measured. Remote command: on page 638 INPut:ATTenuation:PROTection[:STATe] Auto Range (On Off) Turns automatic configuration of the attenuation level on and off.

  • Page 162: Grid Range / Grid Min Level

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings Unit Relative unit dBµV dBµV/MHz dBµV/m dBµV/mMHz (Available for active transducers only.) dBmV dBmV/MHz dBµA dBµA/MHz dBµA/m dBµA/mMHz (Available for active transducers only.) dBpW dBpW/MHz dBpT dBpT/MHz The conversion to 1 MHz bandwidth is realized via the pulse bandwidth of the selected resolution bandwidth.

  • Page 163: Selecting The Bandwidth

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings Input 50 Ω/75 Ω Uses 50 Ω or 75 Ω as reference impedance for the measured levels. Default setting is 50 Ω. The setting 75 Ω should be selected if the 50 Ω input impedance is transformed to a higher impedance using a 75 Ω...

  • Page 164: Configuring The Scan

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings Gaussian filter with a 6 bandwidth. 6 dB bandwidths that comply with CISPR and MIL standards are available. ● CISPR only Gaussian filter with a 6 bandwidth. 6 dB bandwidths that comply with CISPR stand- ards are available.

  • Page 165: Configuring The Trigger

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings Remote command: on page 634 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:X:SPACing 5.3.5 Configuring the Trigger The trigger settings are available in the [TRIG] menu. External........................162 Free Run........................162 Video........................... 162 Trigger Polarity......................162 External Selects an external trigger source. The external trigger source is a TTL signal fed in at the EXT TRIG/GATE IN interface on the rear panel.

  • Page 166: Controlling Inputs And Outputs

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings 5.3.6 Controlling Inputs and Outputs The input/output settings are available in the [Input/Output ] menu. For information on the LISN control see Chapter 5.3.7.6, "LISN Settings", on page 172. Input (AC/DC)......................163 User Port........................

  • Page 167: Overview

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings on page 648 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch[:IMMediate] on page 611 INITiate<n>:FMEasurement Peak Search In addition to the "Peak Search" button, you can initiate a peak search with the [PEAK SEARCH] key on the R&S ESRP front panel. 5.3.7.1 Overview The "Overview"...

  • Page 168: Scan Table

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings Scan Count Defines the number of scans performed in a single scan or the number of scans inclu- ded in calculating the moving average in a continuous scan. Remote command: Defining the scan count: on page 642 [SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt Querying the number of started scans:...
  • Page 169 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings Start / Stop Frequency Defines the start and stop frequency for the scan. The range for the start frequency is f to (f - 10 Hz). The range for the stop frequency is (f + 10 Hz) to f and f are defined in the datasheet.

  • Page 170: Peak Search

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings Remote command: The suffix at SCAN<range> of the commands listed in Chapter 11.4.6.2, "Scan Table", on page 643 defines the ranges. Delete Range Deletes the currently selected scan range. Remote command: not supported Range 1 to 10 Configures the currently selected scan range.

  • Page 171: Peak Search Mode (Peaks Subranges)

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings Peak Search Mode (Peaks Subranges)..............168 No Of Peaks........................168 No of Subranges / Peaks per Subrange..............168 Peak Excursion......................169 Margin......................... 169 Select Limit Line......................169 Peak Search Mode (Peaks Subranges) Selects the peak search mode. "Peaks"...

  • Page 172: Peak Lists

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings Remote command: Number of subranges: on page 649 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:SUBRanges Peaks per subrange: on page 650 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:SUBRanges:PCOunt Peak Excursion Defines the relative signal level to determine a peak during a peak search. For more information see Chapter 5.1.4, "Peak List and Data Reduction", on page 124.
  • Page 173 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings Peak List........................170 Insert Frequency......................170 Delete Frequency......................170 Sort by Delta Limit.......................170 Symbols (On Off)......................171 Peak List Export......................171 Peak List Contains information about the peaks that were found during the peak search. ●...

  • Page 174: Trace / Final Meas

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings The delta limit is the distance of a peak to a limit line, if one has been assigned. Remote command: not supported Symbols (On Off) Turns the labels on the peak position in the diagram on and off. The peak labels have a different color and shape depending on the trace they are on.

  • Page 175: Lisn Settings

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings The measurement time is the time during which the R&S ESRP measures the input signal and forms a measurement result weighted by the selected detector. The mea- surement time does not include settling times of the synthesizer and the IF filter. The R&S ESRP automatically waits until transients are over.
  • Page 176 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Measurement Settings LISN Type........................173 Prescan Phase......................173 Final Test Phase......................173 150 kHz Highpass Filter....................174 LISN Type Selects the V-network to be controlled via the user port. For more information see Chapter 5.2.5, "V-Networks Control (LISN)", on page 149.

  • Page 177: Common Analysis Functions

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions 150 kHz Highpass Filter Turns the highpass filter avaiable with the R&S ENV216 network on and off. For more information see Chapter 5.2.5, "V-Networks Control (LISN)", on page 149. Remote command: Highpass filter for the scan: on page 654 INPut:LISN:FILTer:HPAS[:STATe] Highpass filter for the final measurement:...
  • Page 178 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is provided in the corresponding softkey description. Trace 1 - 6........................175 More Traces........................ 175 Copy Trace........................175 Trace Wizard....................... 175 ASCII Trace Export.....................

  • Page 179: Markers

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions The file consists of the header containing important scaling parameters and a data sec- tion containing the trace data. For details on an ASCII file see Chapter 6.3.1.6, "ASCII File Export Format", on page 370.
  • Page 180 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions The measurement results of the active marker (also called marker values) are dis- played in the marker field, which is located at the upper right corner of the diagram, or in a separate table beneath the diagram. The marker information includes the follow- ing: ●...
  • Page 181 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions on page 664 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:Y on page 669 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>[:STATe] on page 670 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X on page 671 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X:RELative? on page 671 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:Y More Markers Opens a sub-menu to select one of up to 16 available markers. See "Marker 1 / Marker 2 / Marker 3 / …...
  • Page 182 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions "Ref. Marker" Reference marker for delta markers. The marker values for the delta marker are indicated relative to the specified reference marker. The reference marker can either be another active marker, or a fixed reference marker ("FXD", see "Ref Fixed"...

  • Page 183: Positioning Markers

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions Marker Track Turns marker frequency tracking on and off. If on, the R&S ESRP changes the center frequency to the marker frequency when you change the marker position. Remote command: on page 656 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUPled[:STATe] Marker to Stepsize Matches the...
  • Page 184 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions ● "Specifying the Search Limits" on page 384 ● "Specifying the Search Range" on page 384 ● "Examining a Signal at the Center in Detail" on page 384 ● "Specifying the Suitable Peak Excursion" on page 385 Select Marker (No) Opens a submenu to select one of 16 markers and define whether the marker is a nor-...
  • Page 185 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions Remote command: Next Peak: CALC:MARK:MAX:LEFT (<): CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MAXimum:LEFT on page 660 on page 666 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:LEFT CALC:MARK:MAX:RIGH (>): CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MAXimum:RIGHt on page 661 on page 667 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:RIGHt CALC:DELT:MAX:NEXT (abs): CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MAXimum:NEXT on page 660 on page 667 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:NEXT Next Min: CALC:MARK:MIN:LEFT (>):...
  • Page 186 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions Remote command: on page 833 CALCulate<n>:THReshold:STATe on page 833 CALCulate<n>:THReshold Use Zoom Limits ← Search Limits Restricts the marker search to the zoomed area. Note that the marker zoom is only available in Spectrum mode. Remote command: on page 832 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:ZOOM...
  • Page 187 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions Remote command: Chapter 11.4.1.7, "Spectrogram Control", on page 617 Next Mode Y ← Search Mode Sets the search mode for the marker peak search if a search in the y direction is active.
  • Page 188 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions The "Lines" menu and the "Select Limit Line" dialog box are displayed. For details on the "Select Limit Line" dialog box refer to Chapter 5.4.3.5, "Selecting a Limit Line", on page 191. Menu and softkey description ●...
  • Page 189 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions └ Edit Margin....................187 └ Edit Value......................187 └ Insert Value....................187 └ Delete Value....................187 └ Save Limit Line..................... 187 Edit..........................187 Copy to........................187 Delete..........................188 Offset........................188 Offset........................188 Display Lines.......................188 └ Display Line 1 / Display Line 2..............188 └...

  • Page 190: Edit Margin

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions Edit Margin ← New Sets the focus on the "Margin" field to enter or change a margin for the limit line. The default setting is 0 dB (i.e. no margin). Edit Value ← New Opens an edit dialog box to change an existing x or y value, depending on the selected column.

  • Page 191: Delete

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions Remote command: on page 675 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:COPY Delete Deletes the selected limit line. Remote command: on page 675 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:DELete X Offset Horizontally shifts a limit line that has been specified for relative frequencies or times (x-axis).

  • Page 192: Time Line 1 / Time Line 2

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions Remote command: on page 672 CALCulate<n>:DLINe<k> on page 672 CALCulate<n>:DLINe<k>:STATe Frequency Line 1 / Frequency Line 2 ← Display Lines Enables or disables the frequency lines 1/2 (span > 0) and opens an edit dialog box to enter the position of the lines.
  • Page 193 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions The frequency or time lines are continuous vertical lines across the entire height of the diagram and can be shifted in x direction. Lables Each line is identified by one of the following abbreviations in the display: ●...
  • Page 194 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions time range representation, negative times may also be entered. The allowed range is -1000 s to +1000 s. 5.4.3.4 Working with Lines If a line is switched on, the softkey is highlighted. Switching a line on or off 1.
  • Page 195 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions ● To display only the limit lines that are compatible, activate the "Show compatible" option. For details on compatibility refer to Chapter 5.4.3.3, "Limit Lines (Fre- quency/Time Lines)", on page 190. 5.4.3.6 Creating a New Limit Line Press the softkey to define a new limit line.
  • Page 196 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions Setting Description Margin A fixed distance to the limit line. Margins are not as strict as limits and belong to the valid value range, but viola- tion is also indicated in the display. Position Position of data point Value...
  • Page 197 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions Defining a margin A margin is similar to a limit, but less strict and it still belongs to the valid data range. It can be used as a warning that the limit is almost reached. The margin is not indicated by a separate line in the display.
  • Page 198 ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions Shifting a limit line vertically ► Select the "Shift y" button and enter a shift width for the y value in the edit dialog box. Saving the limit line settings ► Press the "Save" button in the dialog. If an existing name is used, a message box is displayed.

  • Page 199: Select Traces To Check

    ® Receiver Mode R&S ESRP Common Analysis Functions 5.4.3.9 Activating/Deactivating a Limit Line Prerequisites: The x- and y-units of limit line and current measurement setting have to be compatible. For details refer to Chapter 5.4.3.3, "Limit Lines (Frequency/Time Lines)", on page 190. The limit line has to consist of 2 or more data points.
  • Page 200 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements 6 Spectrum Measurements You can also perform conventional spectrum analysis with the R&S ESRP. When you start the R&S ESRP for the first time or after a preset, it starts in receiver mode. If it is inactive, press the [MODE] key and select the "Spectrum" softkey in the corresponding menu to enter the spectrum mode.
  • Page 201 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements The MEAS key is used for complex measurement functions as power measurements, occupied bandwidth, signal statistic, carrier to noise spacing, AM modulation depth, third-order intercept point, harmonics and spurious emissions. For measurement examples refer to the Quick Start Guide, "Basic Measurement Examples". The following measurements can be performed: ●...
  • Page 202 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Spectrum Emission Mask....................199 Spurious Emissions.....................199 Time Domain Power (zero span).................200 All Functions Off......................200 APD..........................200 CCDF.......................... 200 TOI..........................200 AM Mod Depth......................200 Harmonic Distortion.....................201 All Functions Off......................201 Ch Power ACLR Activates the active channel or adjacent-channel power measurement either for a sin- gle carrier signal or for several carrier signals, depending on the current measurement configuration, and opens a submenu to configure the channel power measurement.
  • Page 203 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements The Spurious Emissions measurement defines a measurement that monitors unwan- ted RF products outside the assigned frequency band generated by an amplifier. For details see Chapter 6.1.1.6, "Measuring Spurious Emissions", on page 259. Remote command: SENS:SWE:MODE LIST, see on page 729 [SENSe:]SWEep:MODE...
  • Page 204 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Remote command: on page 753 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:MDEPth[:STATe] on page 752 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:RESult? Harmonic Distortion Opens a submenu to determine the settings for harmonics measurement and activates the harmonic distortion measurement. For details see Chapter 6.1.1.12, "Measuring Harmonic Distortion", on page 308.
  • Page 205 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements lution bandwidth irrespective of the amplitude distribution, without additional correction factors being required. The absolute measurement uncertainty of the R&S ESRP is < 1.5 dB and a relative measurement uncertainty of < 0.5 dB (each with a confidence level of 95 %).
  • Page 206 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements 2. The powers of all trace pixels within the channel are summed up and the sum is divided by the number of trace pixels in the channel. 3. The result is multiplied by the quotient of the selected channel bandwidth and the noise bandwidth of the resolution filter (RBW).
  • Page 207 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Figure 6-2: Measuring the channel power and adjacent channel power ratio for CDMA2000 1X signals with zero span (Fast ACP) Assuming a measurement with five channels (1 channel plus 2 lower and 2 upper adja- cent channels) and a sweep time of 100 ms, a measurement time per channel of 20 ms is required.
  • Page 208 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Figure 6-3: Repeatability of adjacent channel power measurement on CDMA2000 standard signals if the integration bandwidth method is used Figure 6-4 shows the repeatability of power measurements in the transmit channel and of relative power measurements in the adjacent channels as a function of sweep time.
  • Page 209 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Results are provided for the TX channel and the number of defined adjacent channels above and below the TX channel. If more than one TX channel is defined, the carrier channel to which the relative adjacent-channel power values should be referenced must be defined.
  • Page 210 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Retrieving Results via Remote Control All or specific channel power measurement results can be retrieved using the command from a remote CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? computer. Alternatively, the results can be output as channel power density, i.e. in reference to the measurement bandwidth (see CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer: on page 714).
  • Page 211 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements In the R&S ESRP's display, only the first neighboring channel of the carrier (TX) chan- nel is labelled "Adj" (adjacent) channel; all others are labelled "Alt" (alternate) chan- nels. In this manual, "adjacent" refers to both adjacent and alternate channels. When an ACLR measurement is started by pressing the "Ch Power ACLR"...
  • Page 212 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements The value entered for any TX channel is automatically also defined for all subse- quent TX channels. Thus, only one value needs to be entered if all TX channels have the same bandwidth. The value entered for any ADJ or ALT channel is automatically also defined for all alternate (ALT) channels.
  • Page 213 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Configuring a Limit Check During an ACLR measurement, the power values can be checked whether they exceed user-defined limits. A relative or absolute limit can be defined, or both. Both limit types are considered, regardless whether the measured levels are absolute or rel- ative values.
  • Page 214 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Compatibility to R&S FSP User standards created on an analyzer of the R&S FSP family are compatible to the R&S ESRP. User standards created on an R&S ESRP, however, are not necessarily compatible to the analyzers of the R&S FSP family and may not work there. To store a user-defined configuration 1.
  • Page 215 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements └ Chan Pwr/Hz..................218 └ Power Mode..................218 └ Clear/Write................218 └ Hold.................. 219 └ Select Trace..................219 └ ACLR (Abs/Rel).................. 219 └ Adjust Settings..................219 └ Sweep Time....................219 └ Fast ACLR (On/Off)..................220 └ Set CP Reference..................220 └...
  • Page 216 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Remote command: on page 696 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer:PRESet CP/ACLR Settings ← Ch Power ACLR Opens a submenu to configure the channel power and adjacent channel power mea- surement independently of the predefined standards (for details see also "Predefined CP/ACLR Standards"...
  • Page 217 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements The dialog contains the following tabs: ● "Bandwidth" on page 214 ● "Spacing" on page 215 ● "Names" on page 216 ● "Weighting Filter" on page 216 ● "Limits" on page 217 Bandwidth ← Channel Setup ← CP/ACLR Settings ← Ch Power ACLR Define the channel bandwidths for the transmission channels and the adjacent chan- nels.
  • Page 218 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements If measuring according to the IBW method ("Fast ACLR Off"), the bandwidths of the different adjacent channels are to be entered numerically. Since all adjacent channels often have the same bandwidth, the other alternate channels are set to the bandwidth of the adjacent channel when it is changed.
  • Page 219 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Odd number of TX channels The middle TX channel is centered to center frequency. Even number of TX channels The two TX channels in the middle are used to calculate the fre- quency between those two channels. This frequency is aligned to the center frequency.
  • Page 220 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Field Description ● TX 1-18: TX channels Channel ● ADJ: Adjacent channel ● ALT1-11: Alternate channels Active Activates/Deactivates the weighting filter for the selected and any subsequent channels of the same type Alpha Defines the alpha value for the weighting filter for the selected and any subsequent chan- nels of the same type Remote command: POW:ACH:FILT:CHAN1 ON, see...
  • Page 221 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Remote command: on page 713 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower[:STATe] on page 708 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower:ALTernate<channel>[:RELative] on page 711 Relative Limit ← Limits ← Channel Setup ← CP/ACLR Settings ← Ch Power ACLR Defines a limit relative to the carrier signal. Remote command: CALC:LIM:ACP ON, see CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower[:STATe]...
  • Page 222 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Remote command: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:MODE WRIT, see CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion: on page 692 POWer:MODE Max Hold ← Power Mode ← CP/ACLR Settings ← Ch Power ACLR If this mode is activated, the power values are calculated from the current trace and compared with the previous power value using a maximum algorithm.
  • Page 223 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Remote command: on page 803 [SENSe:]SWEep:TIME Fast ACLR (On/Off) ← Ch Power ACLR Switches between the IBW method ("Fast ACLR Off") and the zero span method ("Fast ACLR On"). When switched on, the R&S ESRP sets the center frequency consecutively to the dif- ferent channel center frequencies and measures the power with the selected measure- ment time (= sweep time/number of channels).
  • Page 224 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Load ← User Standard ← Ch Power ACLR Opens a dialog to select and load a user defined ACLR standard. Remote command: Querying available standards: CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer:STANdard:CATalog? on page 697 Loading a standard: on page 696 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer:PRESet Save ←...
  • Page 225 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements "ON" A reference measurement of the instrument's inherent noise is carried out. The noise power measured is then subtracted from the power in the channel that is being examined. The inherent noise of the instrument depends on the selected center frequency, resolution bandwidth and level setting.
  • Page 226 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Standard GUI-Parameter SCPI-Parameter CDMA IS95A forward CDMA IS95A FWD F8CD | FIS95a CDMA IS95A reverse CDMA IS95A REV R8CD | RIS95a CDMA IS95C Class 0 forward*) CDMA IS95C Class 0 FWD FIS95c0 CDMA IS95C Class 0 reverse*) CDMA IS95C Class 0 REV RIS95c0 CDMA J-STD008 forward...
  • Page 227 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements The frequency span must at least cover the channels to be measured plus a mea- surement margin of approx. 10 %. If the frequency span is large in comparison to the channel bandwidth (or the adja- cent-channel bandwidths) being examined, only a few points on the trace are avail- able per channel.
  • Page 228 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Adjust Settings softkey selects the RMS detector. This detector is selected since it correctly indicates the power irrespective of the characteristics of the signal to be measured. The whole IF envelope is used to calculate the power for each measurement point.
  • Page 229 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements For this measurement, the RMS detector is activated. The carrier-to-noise measurements are only available in the frequency domain (span >0). There are two methods to measure the carrier-to-noise ratio: ● The carrier is outside the examined channel: In this case, it is sufficient to switch on the desired measurement function and to set the channel bandwidth.
  • Page 230 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements You can also query the determined carrier-to-noise ratio via the remote command CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CN or CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CN0, see on page 689. CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? Softkeys for Carrier-to-Noise Ratio Measurements C/N, C/No........................227 └ C/N........................227 └ C/No......................227 └ Channel Bandwidth ..................227 └...
  • Page 231 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Note that in the I/Q Analyzer the channel bandwidth does not change the measure- ment span or sampling rate; it merely defines the range for the carrier-to-noise analy- sis. Remote command: on page 698 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs Adjust Settings ←...
  • Page 232 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements New: OBW now also possible within defined search limits - multi-carrier OBW measurement in one sweep The occupied bandwidth of the signal can be determined within defined search limits instead of for the entire signal. Thus, only a single sweep is required to determine the OBW for a multi-carrier signal.
  • Page 233 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements A remote control programming example is described in Chapter 11.17.5, "Occupied Bandwidth Measurement", on page 981. To determine the occupied bandwidth 1. Press the softkey to activate the measurement of the occupied bandwidth. The corresponding submenu is displayed. 2.
  • Page 234 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements This measurement is not available in zero span. The measurement is performed on the trace with marker 1. In order to evaluate another trace, marker 1 must be placed on another trace (see the Marker to Trace soft- key in the "Marker"...
  • Page 235 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements For details on the settings of span, resolution bandwidth, video bandwidth, detector and trace averaging see "Optimized Settings for CP/ACLR Test Parameters" on page 223. Remote command: on page 693 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet 6.1.1.5 Measuring with Spectrum Emission Masks The Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) measurement defines a measurement that moni- tors compliance with a spectral mask.
  • Page 236 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Format Description of Spectrum Emission Mask XML Files........251 ASCII File Export Format (Spectrum Emission Mask)..........256 Fast Spectrum Emission Mask Measurements............257 Softkeys for Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) Measurements Spectrum Emission Mask....................234 └ Sweep List....................
  • Page 237 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Spectrum Emission Mask Opens a submenu to configure the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement. The Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) measurement defines a measurement that moni- tors compliance with a spectral mask. The SEM measurement of the base unit allows a flexible definition of all parameters in the SEM measurement.
  • Page 238 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements The changes of the sweep list are only kept until you load another parameter set (by pressing PRESET or by loading an XML file). If you want a parameter set to be availa- ble permanently, create an XML file for this configuration (for details refer to "Format Description of Spectrum Emission Mask XML Files"...
  • Page 239 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements VBW ← Sweep List dialog box ← Sweep List ← Spectrum Emission Mask Sets the VBW value for this range. Remote command: on page 731 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:BANDwidth:VIDeo Sweep Time Mode ← Sweep List dialog box ← Sweep List ← Spectrum Emission Mask Activates or deactivates the auto mode for the sweep time.
  • Page 240 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Limit Check 1-4 ← Sweep List dialog box ← Sweep List ← Spectrum Emission Mask Sets the type of limit check for all ranges. For details on limit checks see "Working with Limit Lines in SEM Measurements" on page 247.
  • Page 241 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements This parameter is only available if the limit check is set accordingly (see "Sweep List dialog box" on page 234). Remote command: [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:LIMit<source>:RELative:STOP on page 736 Close Sweep List ← Sweep List ← Spectrum Emission Mask Closes the "Sweep List"...
  • Page 242 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Note: If "Fast SEM" mode is deactivated while "Symmetric Setup" mode is on, "Sym Setup" mode is automatically also deactivated. If "Fast SEM" mode is activated while "Symmetric Setup" mode is on, not all range set- tings can be set automatically.
  • Page 243 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements List Evaluation (On/Off) ← List Evaluation ← Spectrum Emission Mask Activates or deactivates the list evaluation. Remote command: Turning list evaluation on and off: on page 726 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:AUTO Querying list evaluation results: on page 694 TRACe<n>:DATA Margin ←...
  • Page 244 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Decim Sep ← Save Evaluation List ← List Evaluation ← Spectrum Emission Mask Selects the decimal separator with floating-point numerals for the ASCII Trace export to support evaluation programs (e.g. MS-Excel) in different languages. The values '.' (decimal point) and ',' (comma) can be set.
  • Page 245 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Edit Power Classes ← Spectrum Emission Mask Opens a dialog box to modify the power class settings. Used Power Classes ← Edit Power Classes ← Spectrum Emission Mask Choose the power classes to be used from this dropdown menu. It is only possible to select either one of the defined power classes or all of the defined power classes together.
  • Page 246 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Remote command: on page 743 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ESPectrum:PCLass<Class>:MINimum on page 743 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ESPectrum:PCLass<Class>:MAXimum Sweep List ← Edit Power Classes ← Spectrum Emission Mask "Sweep List" on page 234 Add/Remove ← Edit Power Classes ← Spectrum Emission Mask Activates or deactivates power classes to be defined.
  • Page 247 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Result Evaluation As a result of the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement, the measured signal levels, the result of the limit check (mask monitoring) and the defined limit line are displayed in a diagram (see also "Working with Limit Lines in SEM Measurements"...
  • Page 248 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Label Description Range Up Frequency range stop for range the peak value belongs to RBW of the range Frequency Frequency Power Abs Absolute power level Power Rel Power level relative to the TX channel power ΔLimit Deviation of the power level from the defined limit In which detail the data is displayed in the result table can be defined in the...
  • Page 249 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements ● ● ● Sweep time ● Sweep points ● Reference level ● Attenuator settings ● Limit values Via the sweep list, you define the ranges and their settings. For details on settings refer "Sweep List dialog box" on page 234.
  • Page 250 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Working with Limit Lines in SEM Measurements Using the R&S ESRP, the spectrum emission mask is defined using limit lines. Limit lines allow you to check the measured data against specified limit values. Generally, it is possible to define limit lines for any measurement in Spectrum mode using the [Lines] key.
  • Page 251 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Limit check type Pass/fail criteria Indicated limit line Abs and Rel Only if the power exceeds both the The less strict (higher) limit line is displayed absolute and the relative limits, the for each range. check fails.
  • Page 252 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Table 6-1: Provided XML files Path XML file name Displayed standard character- istics* cdma2000\DL default0.xml CDMA2000 BC0 DL default1.xml CDMA2000 BC1 DL cdma2000\UL default0.xml CDMA2000 BC0 UL default1.xml CDMA2000 BC1 UL WCDMA\3GPP\DL PowerClass_31_39.xml W-CDMA 3GPP (31,39)dBm DL PowerClass_39_43.xml W-CDMA 3GPP (39,43)dBm DL PowerClass_43_INF.xml...
  • Page 253 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Path XML file name Displayed standard character- istics* IEEE.xml IEEE.802.11j WLAN\802_11j_20MHz ETSI.xml IEEE 802.11j IEEE.xml IEEE 802.11j EUTRA-LTE\DL\CategoryA\ BW_01_4_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xm LTE Cat. A >1GHz DL EUTRA-LTE\DL\CategoryA\ BW_01_4_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat. A <1GHz DL EUTRA-LTE\DL\CategoryA\ BW_03_0_MHz__CFhigher1GHz.xm LTE Cat. A >1GHz DL EUTRA-LTE\DL\CategoryA\ BW_03_0_MHz__CFlower1GHz.xml LTE Cat.
  • Page 254 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Path XML file name Displayed standard character- istics* EUTRA-LTE\UL\Standard\ BW_05_0_MHz.xml LTE UL EUTRA-LTE\UL\Standard\ BW_10_0_MHz.xml LTE UL EUTRA-LTE\UL\Standard\ BW_15_0_MHz.xml LTE UL EUTRA-LTE\UL\Standard\ BW_20_0_MHz.xml LTE UL *Used abbreviations: BC: band class UL: uplink DL: downlink TTA: Telecommunications Technology Association Format Description of Spectrum Emission Mask XML Files The files for importing range settings are in XML format and therefore obey the rules of the XML standard.
  • Page 255 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements ● The "Range" element The "BaseFormat" element It carries information about basic settings. In this element only the "ReferencePower" child node has any effects on the measurement itself. The other attributes and child nodes are used to display information about the Spectrum Emission Mask Standard on the measurement screen.
  • Page 256 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements ● The "BaseFormat" element is structured as follows: – <RS_SEM_ACP_FileFormat Version=""1.0.0.0""> <Name>"Standard"</Name> <Instrument> <Type>"Instrument Type"</Type> <Application>"Application"</Application> </Instrument> <LinkDirection Name=""Name""> <ReferencePower> <Method>"Method"</Method> </ReferencePower> <PowerClass Index=""n""> <!-- For contents of the PowerClass node see Table 6-3 -->...
  • Page 257 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements </Limit> <RBW Bandwidth=""Bandwidth"" Type=""FilterType""/> <VBW Bandwidth=""Bandwidth""/> <Detector>"Detector"</Detector> <Sweep Mode=""SweepMode"" Time=""SweepTime""/> <Amplitude> <ReferenceLevel Unit=""dBm"" Value=""Value""/> <RFAttenuation Mode=""Auto"" Unit=""dB"" Value=""Value""/> <Preamplifier State=""State""/> </Amplitude> </Range> Table 6-2: Attributes and child nodes of the BaseFormat element Child Node Attribute Value Parameter Description...
  • Page 258 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Child Node Attribute Value Parameter Description Mand. InclusiveFlag false DefaultLimitFailMode Absolute | Relative | Absolute and Rel- ative | Absolute or Relative Table 6-4: Attributes and child nodes of the Range element (normal ranges) Child Node Attribute Value...
  • Page 259 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Child Node Attribute Value Parameter Description Mand. Unit dBm/Hz | dBm | Sets the unit of the stop dBc | dBr | dB value LimitFailMode Absolute | Relative If used, it has to be identical | Absolute and Rel- to DefaultLimitFailMode ative | Absolute or...
  • Page 260 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements File contents Description RefType; CPOWER; reference range setup, for details see "Edit Reference Range" on page 239 TxBandwidth;9540000;Hz Filter State; ON; Alpha;0.22; PeaksPerRange;1; evaluation list information Values;4; 0;-22500000;-9270000;1000000;2986455000;-74.762840 information about each peak: 270996094; <range number>; -10.576210021972656;-45.762840270996094;PASS;...
  • Page 261 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Activating Fast SEM mode "Fast SEM" mode is activated in the sweep list (see "Fast SEM" on page 235) or using a remote command. Activating the mode for one range automatically activates it for all ranges in the sweep list.
  • Page 262 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Example Figure 6-6: Sweep list using Fast SEM mode Figure 6-6, a sweep list is shown for which Fast SEM is activated. The formerly 5 separately defined ranges are combined to 2 sweep ranges internally. 6.1.1.6 Measuring Spurious Emissions The Spurious Emissions measurement defines a measurement that monitors unwan-...
  • Page 263 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Spurious Emissions measurements are performed using the "Spurious Emissions" softkey in the "Measurement" menu (see "Spurious Emissions" on page 265). Most parameters are defined in the "Sweep List" dialog box (see "Sweep List dialog box"...
  • Page 264 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Defining ranges by remote control In Spurious Emissions measurements, there are no remote commands to insert new ranges between existing ranges directly. However, you can delete or re-define the existing ranges to create the required order. A remote command example for defining parameters and ranges in spurious emissions measurements can be found in chapter 7 "Remote Control –...
  • Page 265 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Furthermore, you can save the evaluation list to a file ("Save Evaluation List"). Retrieving Results via Remote Control The spurious measurement results can be retrieved using the CALC:PSE? command from a remote computer (see CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch[: for a detailed description).
  • Page 266 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements As for general limit lines, the results of each limit line check are displayed (here: "_SPURIOUS_LINE_ABS"), as well as the combined result for all defined limit lines ("Limit Check"). In addition to the limit line itself, the largest deviations of the absolute power from the limit line for each range are displayed in the evaluation list if the limit check is activa- ted.
  • Page 267 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements 3. In the "Sweep List" dialog box, define the limit line for each range using the "Abs Limit Start" and "Abs Limit Stop" settings. The limit values are absolute values for the absolute power level. 4.
  • Page 268 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements └ ASCII File Export..............269 └ Decim Sep................270 └ Adjust Ref Lvl (span > 0)................270 └ Adjust X-Axis....................270 └ Meas Start/Stop.................... 270 Spurious Emissions Opens a submenu to configure the Spurious Emissions measurement and immediately starts a measurement.
  • Page 269 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Remote command: on page 720 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<range>:FILTer:TYPE RBW ← Sweep List dialog box ← Sweep List ← Spurious Emissions Sets the RBW value for this range. Remote command: on page 718 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<range>:BANDwidth[:RESolution] VBW ← Sweep List dialog box ← Sweep List ← Spurious Emissions Sets the VBW value for this range.
  • Page 270 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Remote command: on page 722 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<range>:INPut:GAIN:STATe Sweep Points ← Sweep List dialog box ← Sweep List ← Spurious Emissions Sets the number of sweep points for the specified range. Remote command: on page 724 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<range>:POINts Stop After Sweep ←...
  • Page 271 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements This parameter is only available if the limit check is set to "Absolute" (see "Limit Check 1-4" on page 267). Remote command: on page 724 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<range>:LIMit:STOP Close Sweep List ← Sweep List ← Spurious Emissions Closes the "Sweep List"...
  • Page 272 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements List Evaluation (On/Off) ← List Evaluation ← Spurious Emissions Activates or deactivates the list evaluation. Remote command: on page 726 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:AUTO on page 694 TRACe<n>:DATA Details On/Off ← List Evaluation ← Spurious Emissions Configures the list contents. Displays the whole list contents.
  • Page 273 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Decim Sep ← Save Evaluation List ← List Evaluation ← Spurious Emissions Selects the decimal separator with floating-point numerals for the ASCII Trace export to support evaluation programs (e.g. MS-Excel) in different languages. The values '.' (decimal point) and ',' (comma) can be set.
  • Page 274 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Mode Description Peak Peak value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. RMS value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. Mean Mean value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof.
  • Page 275 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Time Domain Power Activates the power measurement in zero span and opens a submenu to configure the power measurement. For more details see also Chapter 6.1.1.7, "Measuring the Power in Zero Span", on page 270. Remote command: on page 769 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary[:STATe]...
  • Page 276 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Left Limit ← Time Domain Power Opens an edit dialog box to enter a value for line 1. Remote command: on page 658 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:LEFT Right Limit ← Time Domain Power Opens an edit dialog box to enter a value for line 2. Remote command: on page 658 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:RIGHT...
  • Page 277 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Setting the Number of Sweep Points The number of sweep points defines the number of measurement values collected dur- ing one sweep. Thus, increasing the sweep points also increases the accuracy of the results regarding the frequency resolution. Because EMI measurements often cover a large frequency range you should define an adequate number of sweep points, especially when performing the measurement on a logarithmic axis.
  • Page 278 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Using Transducer Factors For more information on transducer factors see Chapter 5.2.6, "Transducers", on page 150. Performing a Peak Search The purpose of a peak search is to find signals with a high interference level quickly. Usually the peak search is done with a fast detector like the peak or average detector.
  • Page 279 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements and the average trace separately so that the distribution of narrowband and wideband sources of interference can be taken into account. For example, the frequency of the maximum determined with the average detector can be used for the final measurement performed with this detector and the frequency found in the premeasurement carried out with the peak detector is taken for the final measurement using the quasipeak detector.
  • Page 280 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements When measuring Spurious Emissions, using this softkey automatically opens the "Sweep List" dialog (see "Sweep List dialog box" on page 265). The submenu contains the following softkeys: ● Normal (3 dB) ● CISPR (6 dB) ●...
  • Page 281 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements By default, the frequency axis has linear scaling. Logarithmic scaling of the frequency axis, however, is common for EMI measurements over large frequency ranges as it enhances the resolution of the lower frequencies. On the other hand, high frequencies get more crowded and become harder to distinguish.
  • Page 282 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Auto Peak Search Turns the automatic marker peak search on and off. For more information see "Performing a Peak Search" on page 275. Remote command: CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:PSEarch:AUTO on page 749 Marker Configuration To make the process of configuring markers as easy as possible, the R&S FSV-K54 features a "Marker Configuration"...
  • Page 283 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements If you add more markers, these will be delta markers by default (abbreviated 'D'). Delta markers show signal levels in relation to another (normal) marker, by default in relation to the first marker. If necessary, you can still change the reference marker in the "Ref"...
  • Page 284 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Dwell Time Sets the dwell time for the EMI marker measurement. For more information see "Measuring at the Marker Position" on page 276. Remote command: on page 748 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:DWELl Marker Table If more than two markers have been activated, the application adds a marker table to the display below the diagram area.
  • Page 285 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Shows the signal level at the marker position according to the detector assigned to the corresponding marker. The result is only displayed after the final measurement is done. The overall measurement time depends on the dwell time. If a limit line is active, the result can have three colors.
  • Page 286 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements About the Statistical Measurements................283 Result Evaluation......................284 Softkeys for APD Measurements................287 Softkeys for CCDF Measurements................292 Defining Gated Triggering for APD and CCDF............298 About the Statistical Measurements Digital modulated signals are similar to white noise within the transmit channel, but are different in their amplitude distribution.
  • Page 287 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Selecting the number of samples For statistics measurements with the R&S ESRP, the number of samples to be mea- sured is defined instead of the sweep time. Since only statistically independent sam- ples contribute to statistics, the acquisition or sweep time is calculated automatically and displayed in the channel bar (AQT).
  • Page 288 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Figure 6-7: Amplitude probability distribution of white noise In addition to the histogram, a result table is displayed containing the following informa- tion: ● Number of samples used for calculation ● For each displayed trace: –...
  • Page 289 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Figure 6-8: CCDF of white noise A red line indicates the ideal Gaussian distribution for the measured amplitude range (white noise). The displayed amplitude range is indicated as "Mean Pwr + <x dB>" In addition to the histogram, a result table is displayed containing the following informa- tion: ●...
  • Page 290 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Level values over 1 % above mean power 10 % Level values over 10 % above mean power Softkeys for APD Measurements APD..........................287 └ BW......................287 └ # of Samples....................288 └ Scaling......................288 └ x-Axis Ref Level..................288 └...
  • Page 291 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements # of Samples ← APD Opens an edit dialog box to set the number of power measurements that are taken into account for the statistics. Apart from the number of measurements the overall measurement time depends also on the set resolution bandwidth as the resolution bandwidth directly influences the sampling rate.
  • Page 292 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Display range: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y 50DB, see DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe] on page 812 Range Log 10 dB ← x-Axis Range ← Scaling ← APD Sets the level display range to 10 dB. Remote command: Logarithmic scaling: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG, see DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y: on page 636 SPACing...
  • Page 293 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Markers are displayed in the selected unit ("Unit" softkey). Delta markers are displayed in % referenced to the voltage value at the position of marker 1. This is the default set- ting for linear scaling. Remote command: DISP:TRAC:Y:SPAC LIN, see DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y:SPACing...
  • Page 294 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements y-axis upper limit: y-axis lower limit: 1E-6 Remote command: on page 764 CALCulate<n>:STATistics:PRESet Adjust Settings ← Scaling ← APD Adjusts the level settings according to the measured difference between peak and min- imum power for APD measurement or peak and mean power for CCDF measurement in order to obtain maximum power resolution.
  • Page 295 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:STAT1 ON (see [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<k>[: on page 763) STATe<range>] Activates tracing for range 1 of trace 1. SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:STAR1 3ms (see [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<k>: on page 763) STARt<range> Sets the starting point for range 1 on trace 1 at 3 ms. SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:STop1 5ms (see [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<k>: on page 764)
  • Page 296 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements After a CCDF measurement, the results are displayed in a table beneath the diagram. Mean Mean power Peak Peak power Crest Crest factor (peak power – mean power) 0,01 % Level values over 0,01 % above mean power 0,1 % Level values over 0,1 % above mean power Level values over 1 % above mean power...
  • Page 297 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Remote command: on page 761 CALCulate<n>:STATistics:NSAMples Scaling ← CCDF Opens a submenu to change the scaling parameters of x- and y-axis. x-Axis Ref Level ← Scaling ← CCDF Opens an edit dialog box to enter the reference level in the currently active unit (dBm, dBµV, etc).
  • Page 298 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Remote command: Logarithmic scaling: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG, see DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y: on page 636 SPACing Display range: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y 10DB, see DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe] on page 812 Range Log 5 dB ← x-Axis Range ← Scaling ← CCDF Sets the level display range to 5 dB. Remote command: Logarithmic scaling: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG, see...
  • Page 299 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Range Lin. Unit ← x-Axis Range ← Scaling ← CCDF Selects linear scaling in dB for the level display range, i.e. the horizontal lines are labeled in dB. Markers are displayed in the selected unit ("Unit" softkey). Delta markers are displayed in dB referenced to the power value at the position of marker 1.
  • Page 300 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Adjust Settings ← Scaling ← CCDF Adjusts the level settings according to the measured difference between peak and min- imum power for APD measurement or peak and mean power for CCDF measurement in order to obtain maximum power resolution. Adjusts the reference level to the current input signal.
  • Page 301 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Sets the stopping point for range 1 on trace 1 at 5 ms. SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:PER 5ms (see [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<k>: PERiod on page 763) Defines the period for gated triggering to 5 ms. Adjust Settings ← CCDF Adjusts the level settings according to the measured difference between peak and min- imum power for APD measurement or peak and mean power for CCDF measurement in order to obtain maximum power resolution.
  • Page 302 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Defining gated triggering 1. Press the "Gated Trigger" softkey to activate gated triggering (see "Gated Trigger (On/Off)" on page 291). 2. Press the "Gate Ranges" softkey to open the "Gate Ranges" dialog (see "Gate Ranges"...
  • Page 303 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements 4. Optionally, define a description of the trace in the "Comment" field. 5. Activate tracing for the range by selecting "On" in the "Range <number> Use" field for the corresponding range and trace. The start and stop time edit fields are ready for input. Note: The time values have full numerical resolution and are only rounded for dis- play.
  • Page 304 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Trigger Offset t2 – t1 = 25 µs now the gate ranges are relative to t2 Range1 Start t3 – t2 = 15 µs start of range 1 relative to t2 Range1 End t4 – t2 = 553 µs end of range 1 relative to t2 6.1.1.10 Measuring the Third Order Intercept Point (TOI)
  • Page 305 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Figure 6-9: Intermodulation products PU1 and PU2 The intermodulation product at f is generated by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful signal P and signal P , the intermodulation product at f by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful signal P and signal P = 2 ×...
  • Page 306 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Figure 6-10: Dependency of intermodulation level on useful signal level The useful signals at the two-port output increase proportionally with the input level as long as the two-port is in the linear range. A level change of 1 dB at the input causes a level change of 1 dB at the output.
  • Page 307 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Intermodulation-free dynamic range The "Intermodulation-free dynamic range", i.e. the level range in which no internal intermodulation products are generated if two-tone signals are measured, is deter- mined by the 3 order intercept point, the phase noise and the thermal noise of the sig- nal analyzer.
  • Page 308 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Figure 6-12: Intermodulation-free dynamic range of the R&S ESRP as a function of level at the input mixer and of the selected resolution bandwidth (Useful signal offset = 10 to 100 kHz, DANL = -145 dBm/Hz, TOI = 15 dBm; typical val- ues at 2 GHz).
  • Page 309 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Softkeys for TOI Measurements TOI..........................306 └ Marker 1 / Marker 2 / Marker 3 / … Marker 16,/ Marker Norm/Delta.... 306 └ Search Signals....................306 Opens a submenu and activates the measurement of the 3rd order intercept point. A two-tone signal with equal carrier levels is expected at the R&S ESRP input.
  • Page 310 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements 6.1.1.11 Measuring the AM Modulation Depth The AM modulation depth, also known as a modulation index, indicates by how much the modulated signal varies around the carrier amplitude. It is defined as: MDepth = peak signal amplitude / unmodulated carrier amplitude So for MDepth = 0.5, for example, the carrier amplitude varies by 50% above and below its unmodulated level, and for h = 1.0 it varies by 100%.
  • Page 311 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements Deltamarker 3, on the other hand, can be moved for fine adjustment irrespective of marker 2. Marker 1 can also be moved manually for re-adjustment without affecting the position of the deltamarkers. For general information on measuring the AM modulation depth see Chapter 6.1.1.11, "Measuring the AM Modulation Depth",...
  • Page 312 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements As a result, the zero span sweeps on all harmonics are shown, as well as the RMS values and the THD (total harmonic distortion). About Harmonics Distortion Measurement Measuring the harmonics of a signal is a frequent problem which can be solved best using a signal analyzer.
  • Page 313 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements where: harmonic distortion mixer level/dBm S.H.I. second harmonic intercept The mixer level is the RF level applied to the RF input minus the set RF attenuation. The formula for the internally generated level P at the 2 harmonic in dBm is: = 2 * P...
  • Page 314 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements R&S ESRP set to a small span. Only the frequency range around the harmonics will then be measured with a small resolution bandwidth. Measurement Results As a result of the harmonics distortion measurement, the zero span sweeps on all detected harmonics are shown in the diagram, separated by red display lines.
  • Page 315 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Measurements No. of Harmonics ← Harmonic Distortion Sets the number of harmonics that shall be measured. The range is from 1 to 26. Remote command: on page 756 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:NHARmonics Harmonic Sweep Time ← Harmonic Distortion For details refer to the Sweeptime Manual softkey in the "Bandwidth"...
  • Page 316 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration 6.2 Configuration Basic measurement settings that are common to many measurement tasks are descri- bed here. If you are performing a specific measurement task or using an operating mode other than Spectrum mode, be sure to check the specific measurement or mode description for settings that may deviate from these common settings.
  • Page 317 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration 6.2.1.2 Initial Configuration The initial configuration is selected such that the RF input is always protected against overload, provided that the applied signal levels are in the allowed range for the instru- ment. The parameter set of the initial configuration can be customized using the "Startup Recall"...
  • Page 318 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Parameter Setting noise source input 6.2.2 Selecting the Frequency and Span – FREQ Key The FREQ key is used to configure the frequency axis, to set the frequency offset and the signal track function. You can configure the frequency axis either by the start and stop frequency or the center frequency and the span.
  • Page 319 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration └ Manual......................318 Start..........................318 Stop..........................318 Frequency Offset......................318 Signal Track (span > 0)....................318 └ Track On/Off (span > 0)................319 └ Track BW (span > 0)..................319 └ Track Threshold (span > 0)................319 └ Select Trace (span >...
  • Page 320 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration 0.5*Span (span > 0) ← CF Stepsize Sets the step size for the center frequency to 50 % of the span. Remote command: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN, see [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK on page 791 FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 50PCT, see [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP: on page 792 LINK:FACTor 0.5*RBW (span >...
  • Page 321 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Manual ← CF Stepsize Opens an edit dialog box to enter a fixed step size for the center frequency. Remote command: on page 634 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP Start Opens an edit dialog box to define the start frequency. The following range of values is allowed: ≤...
  • Page 322 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Track On/Off (span > 0) ← Signal Track (span > 0) Switches the signal tracking on and off. Remote command: on page 794 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe] Track BW (span > 0) ← Signal Track (span > 0) Opens an edit dialog box to set the search bandwidth for signal tracking.
  • Page 323 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration 2. To define the step size of the center frequency: a) If span > 0: Press "0.1*Span", "0.5*Span" or "x*Span" to define the step size for the center frequency as percentage of the span (see Stepsize).
  • Page 324 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Menu and softkey description ● Chapter 6.2.3.1, "Softkeys of the Span Menu", on page 321 Task ● Chapter 6.2.3.2, "Specifying the Span (Alternatives)", on page 321 6.2.3.1 Softkeys of the Span Menu The following chapter describes all softkeys available in the "Span" menu. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys.
  • Page 325 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration 3. In zero span, the span corresponds to the sweep time. In that case, press the Sweeptime Manual softkey and enter a sweep time. 6.2.4 Setting the Level Display and Configuring the RF Input – AMPT Key The AMPT key is used to set the reference level, the level range and unit, the scaling and the RF attenuation.
  • Page 326 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Noise Correction......................326 Input (AC/DC)......................326 Input 50 Ω/75 Ω ......................326 Ref Level Opens an edit dialog box to enter the reference level in the current unit (dBm, dBµV, etc). The reference level is the maximum value the AD converter can handle without distor- tion of the measured value.
  • Page 327 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Remote command: Logarithmic scaling: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG, see DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y: on page 636 SPACing Display range: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y 10DB, see DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe] on page 812 Range Log 5 dB ← Range Sets the level display range to 5 dB. Remote command: Logarithmic scaling: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG, see...
  • Page 328 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Range Lin. Unit ← Range Selects linear scaling in dB for the level display range, i.e. the horizontal lines are labeled in dB. Markers are displayed in the selected unit ("Unit" softkey). Delta markers are displayed in dB referenced to the power value at the position of marker 1.
  • Page 329 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Remote command: on page 813 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet Ref Level Position Opens an edit dialog box to enter the reference level position, i.e. the position of the maximum AD converter value on the level axis. The setting range is from -200 to +200 %, 0 % corresponding to the lower and 100 % to the upper limit of the diagram.
  • Page 330 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration The setting 75 Ω should be selected if the 50 Ω input impedance is transformed to a higher impedance using a 75 Ω adapter of the RAZ type (= 25 Ω in series to the input impedance of the instrument).
  • Page 331 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is pro- vided in the corresponding softkey description. Adjusting settings automatically during triggered measurements When you select an auto adjust function a measurement is performed to determine the optimal settings.
  • Page 332 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Remote command: on page 797 [SENSe:]ADJust:FREQuency Auto Level Defines the optimal reference level for the current measurement automatically. The measurement time for automatic leveling can be defined using the Settings soft- key. You can define a threshold that the signal must exceed before the reference level is adjusted, see "Upper Level Hysteresis"...
  • Page 333 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration In frequency sweep mode, the analyzer provides several possible methods of sweep- ing: ● "Sweep" on page 330 ● "FFT" on page 330 (not available with 5-Pole filters, channel filters or RRC filters, Chapter 6.2.6.3, "Selecting the Appropriate Filter Type", on page 337) ●...
  • Page 334 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration 6.2.6 Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key The BW key is used to set the resolution bandwidth, video bandwidth (VBW) and sweep time (SWT). The values available for resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth depend on the selected filter type.
  • Page 335 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration └ Narrow....................335 Coupling Ratio......................335 └ RBW/VBW Sine [1/1]..................335 └ RBW/VBW Pulse [.1]..................335 └ RBW/VBW Noise [10]................... 335 └ RBW/VBW Manual..................336 └ Span/RBW Auto [100]...................336 └ Span/RBW Manual..................336 └ Default Coupling................... 336 Filter Type........................
  • Page 336 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration If an RMS detector is used, the video bandwidth in the hardware is bypassed. Thus, duplicate trace averaging with small VBWs and RMS detector no longer occurs. How- ever, the VBW is still considered when calculating the sweep time. This leads to a lon- ger sweep time for small VBW values.
  • Page 337 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Sweeptime Auto Couples the sweep time to the span, video bandwidth (VBW) and resolution bandwidth (RBW) (not available for zero span). If you change the span, resolution bandwidth or video bandwidth, the sweep time is automatically adjusted. The R&S ESRP always selects the shortest sweep time that is possible without falsify- ing the signal.
  • Page 338 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration FFT Filter Mode ← Sweep Type Defines the filter mode to be used for FFT filters by defining the partial span size. The partial span is the span which is covered by one FFT analysis. Auto ←...
  • Page 339 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration "video bandwidth = resolution bandwidth/10" At this coupling ratio, noise and pulsed signals are suppressed in the video domain. For noise signals, the average value is displayed. This setting takes effect if you define the video bandwidth automatically (Video BW Auto).
  • Page 340 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Filter Type Opens a submenu to select the filter type. When measuring Spurious Emissions, using this softkey automatically opens the "Sweep List" dialog (see "Sweep List dialog box" on page 265). The submenu contains the following softkeys: ●...
  • Page 341 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration ● Channel filters For details see Chapter 6.2.6.4, "List of Available RRC and Channel Filters", on page 338 . Channel filters do not support FFT mode. ● RRC filters For details see Chapter 6.2.6.4, "List of Available RRC and Channel Filters", on page 338 .
  • Page 342 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Filter Bandwidth Filter Type Application 10 kHz CFILter 12.5 kHz CFILter CDMAone 14 kHz CFILter ETS300 113 (20 kHz channels) 15 kHz CFILter 16 kHz CFILter ETS300 113 (25 kHz channels) 18 kHz, a=0.35 TETRA 20 kHz CFILter...
  • Page 343 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Filter Bandwidth Filter Type Application 28 MHz CFILter 40 MHz CFILter 6.2.7 Configuring the Sweep Mode – SWEEP Key The SWEEP key is used to configure the sweep mode. Continuous sweep or single sweep is possible. The sweep time and the number of measured values are set. To open the Sweep menu ●...
  • Page 344 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Continuous Sweep Sets the continuous sweep mode: the sweep takes place continuously according to the trigger settings. This is the default setting. The trace averaging is determined by the sweep count value (see the "Sweep Count" softkey, "Sweep Count"...
  • Page 345 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Remote command: SWE:TIME:AUTO OFF, see on page 803 [SENSe:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO on page 803 [SENSe:]SWEep:TIME Sweeptime Auto Couples the sweep time to the span, video bandwidth (VBW) and resolution bandwidth (RBW) (not available for zero span). If you change the span, resolution bandwidth or video bandwidth, the sweep time is automatically adjusted.
  • Page 346 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Remote command: SWE:TYPE AUTO, see on page 803 [SENSe:]SWEep:TYPE FFT Filter Mode ← Sweep Type Defines the filter mode to be used for FFT filters by defining the partial span size. The partial span is the span which is covered by one FFT analysis. Auto ←...
  • Page 347 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration – In the range from 1001 to 32001, the sweep points are increased or decreased in steps of 1000 points. ● Entry via keypad: All values in the defined range can be set. The default value is 691 sweep points. When measuring spurious emissions, using this softkey automatically opens the "Sweep List"...
  • Page 348 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration This softkey is available in single sweep mode. Remote command: on page 825 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:FRAMe:COUNt Spectrogram Clear For spectrogram measurements only. Resets the Spectrogram result display and clears its history buffer. Remote command: on page 618 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:CLEar[:IMMediate] 6.2.7.2 Specifying the Sweep Settings...
  • Page 349 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is provided in the corresponding softkey description. Trg/Gate Source......................346 └ Free Run....................... 346 └ External......................346 └ Video......................347 └ Power...................... 347 └ IF Power/BB Power..................347 └...
  • Page 350 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Remote command: TRIG:SOUR EXT, see on page 807 TRIGger<n>[:SEQuence]:SOURce SWE:EGAT:SOUR EXT for gated triggering, see [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce on page 810 Video ← Trg/Gate Source Defines triggering by the displayed voltage. A horizontal trigger line is shown in the diagram. It is used to set the trigger threshold from 0 % to 100 % of the diagram height.
  • Page 351 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Sweep mode: ● RBW > 500 kHz: 40 MHz, nominal ● RBW ≤ 500 kHz: 6 MHz, nominal FFT mode: ● RBW > 20 kHz: 40 MHz, nominal ● RBW ≤ 20 kHz: 6 MHz, nominal Note: Be aware that in auto sweep type mode, due to a possible change in sweep types, the bandwidth may vary considerably for the same RBW setting.
  • Page 352 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Trigger Offset Opens an edit dialog box to enter the time offset between the trigger signal and the start of the sweep. offset > 0: Start of the sweep is delayed offset < 0: Sweep starts earlier (pre-trigger) Only possible for span = 0 (e.g.
  • Page 353 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration This softkey requires the following "Trigger Mode" (see "Trg/Gate Source" on page 346): span > 0 External IF Power/BB PowerIF Power span = 0 External IF Power/BB PowerIF Power Video If a different mode is active, the IF Power/BB Power trigger mode is automatically selected.
  • Page 354 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Remote command: on page 809 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff Gate Length (Gate Mode Edge) ← Gate Settings Opens an edit dialog box to enter the gate length. The gate length in relation to the sweep is indicated by a line labeled "GL". The length of the gate signal defines if the sweep is to be interrupted.
  • Page 355 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration 6.2.8.2 Specifying the Trigger Settings 1. Press the "Trg/Gate Source" softkey to select the trigger mode (for details see "Trg/ Gate Source" on page 346. 2. Press the Trg/Gate Level softkey to set the trigger level. 3.
  • Page 356 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Figure 6-14: TDMA signal with GATE OFF Figure 6-15: Timing diagram for GATE, GATE DELAY and GATE LENGTH User Manual 1175.7445.02 ─ 08...
  • Page 357 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Figure 6-16: TDMA signal with GATE ON 6.2.9 Input/Output Configuration – INPUT/OUTPUT Key The [INPUT/OUTPUT] key is used to configure input and output sources for measure- ment functions. 6.2.9.1 Softkeys of the Input/Output Menu The following table shows all softkeys available in the "Input/Output"...
  • Page 358 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration Video Output....................... 355 Trigger Out........................355 Probe Config....................... 355 Input (AC/DC) Toggles the RF input of the R&S ESRP between AC and DC coupling. Remote command: on page 641 INPut:COUPling Preselector (On Off) Turns the preselector on and off. The preselector is available with option R&S ESRP-B2.
  • Page 359 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration 6.2.9.2 Using Active Probes for Input When the input from the device under test requires high impedance, an active probe can be connected between the device and the R&S ESRP. The R&S ESRP supports active probes from the R&S RT-ZS series when using the new probe adapter RT-ZA9.
  • Page 360 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Configuration 3. Connect the probe to the adapter. Once the probe and adapter have been connected to the R&S ESRP correctly and the analyzer has recognized the probe, the "Generic Probe" transducer is activated and you can start a measurement.
  • Page 361 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis State Activates a connected probe. Use this command to switch off the probe and measure the digital input without considering the transducer factor of the probe. Remote command: on page 790 PROBe[:STATe] Name Indicates the name of the connected probe. Remote command: on page 789 PROBe:SETup:NAME?
  • Page 362 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis The R&S ESRP is capable of displaying up to six different traces at a time in a dia- gram. A trace consists of a maximum of 691 displayed measurement points on the hor- izontal axis (frequency or time). If more measured values than measurement points are available, several measured values are combined in one displayed measurement point.
  • Page 363 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Functions to configure traces exclusive in Spectrum mode Trace 1/Trace 2/Trace 3/Trace 4/Trace 5/Trace 6............360 └ Clear Write....................360 └ Hold.......................361 └ Hold......................361 └ Average......................361 └ View......................361 └ Blank......................361 └ Hold/Cont...................... 362 └...
  • Page 364 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Max Hold ← Trace 1/Trace 2/Trace 3/Trace 4/Trace 5/Trace 6 The maximum value is determined over several sweeps and displayed. The R&S ESRP saves the sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is greater than the previous one.
  • Page 365 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Remote command: DISP:TRAC OFF, see on page 817 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>[:STATe] Hold/Cont ← Trace 1/Trace 2/Trace 3/Trace 4/Trace 5/Trace 6 Switches the reset of the traces in Min Hold, Max Hold and Average mode after some specific parameter changes have been made on and off.
  • Page 366 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Auto Peak ← Detector ← Trace 1/Trace 2/Trace 3/Trace 4/Trace 5/Trace 6 Selects the "Auto Peak" detector. The "Auto Peak" detector determines the maximum and minimum value within a mea- surement point. The Auto Peak detector is not available for SEM measurements. Remote command: DET APE, see [SENSe:][WINDow:]DETector<trace>[:FUNCtion]...
  • Page 367 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Remote command: DET CAV, see [SENSe:][WINDow:]DETector<trace>[:FUNCtion] on page 821 RMS Average ← Detector ← Trace 1/Trace 2/Trace 3/Trace 4/Trace 5/Trace 6 Selects the "RMS Average" detector. Remote command: DET CRMS, see [SENSe:][WINDow:]DETector<trace>[:FUNCtion] on page 821 Average Mode Opens a submenu to select the averaging method for the average trace mode.
  • Page 368 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis This averaging method only takes effect if the grid is set to a logarithmic scale ("Range" softkey), i.e. the unit of the data is dBm. In this case the values are averaged in dBm. Otherwise (i.e. with linear scaling), the behavior is the same as with linear averaging (see softkey).
  • Page 369 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Remote command: CALC:MATH:MODE LIN, see on page 816 CALCulate<n>:MATH:MODE Log ← Trace Math Mode Activates logarithmic subtraction. This subtraction method only takes effect if the grid is set to a logarithmic scale (see Range softkey), i.e.
  • Page 370 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis 2. For each trace you can define the following settings: ● Display Mode Clear Write ● Max Hold ● Min Hold ● Average ● View ● Blank For details see Chapter 5.2.3, "Trace Modes", on page 147.

  • Page 371: Specifying The Trace Settings

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Preset All Traces Trace 1: Clear Write Trace 2-6: Blank Select Max | Avg | Min Trace 1: Max Hold Trace 2: Average Trace 3: Min Hold Trace 4-6: Blank Select Max | ClrWrite | Min Trace 1: Max Hold Trace 2:...
  • Page 372 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis means that with linear level display the average is formed over linear amplitude values. The sweep mode (continuous or single sweep, for details see Chapter 6.2.7, "Configur- ing the Sweep Mode – SWEEP Key", on page 340) and running averaging apply to the average display analogously.

  • Page 373: Detector Overview

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis with Avg = average trace; Curr = current trace Due to the weighting between the current trace and the average trace, past values have practically no influence on the displayed trace after about ten sweeps. With this setting, signal noise is effectively reduced without need for restarting the aver- aging process after a change of the signal.
  • Page 374 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis several columns (depending on measurement) which are also separated by a semico- lon. Exporting a single trace vs exporting all traces Note that the file containing the trace data has a slightly different structure when you export all traces compared to exporting a single trace only.
  • Page 375 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Data section (traces) Trace 1: Trace Mode;CLR/WRITE; Trace mode Detector;MAX PEAK; Detector type X-Unit;Hz; Unit of the x-axis Y-Unit;Hz; Unit of the y-axis Values;1343; Number of measurement points 150000.000000;3.541122; String of results 154500.000000;5.776306;[...] Trace 2: (…) Blue font: Information provided when you export a single trace Green font: Information provided when you export all traces...

  • Page 376: Spectrogram

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Data section (traces) Trace 1: Trace Mode;CLR/WRITE; Trace mode Detector;MAX PEAK; Detector type X-Unit;Hz; Unit of the x-axis Y-Unit;Hz; Unit of the y-axis Preamplifier;OFF; State of the preamplifier Transducer;OFF; Transducer information Values;691; Number of measurement points 150000.000000;3.541122;...
  • Page 377 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Figure 6-20: Screen layout of the spectrogram result display 1 = Spectrum result display 2 = Spectrogram result display 3 = Frame indicator 4 = Time stamp / frame number 5 = Color map 6 = Marker 7 = Deltamarker 8 = Marker list...
  • Page 378 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis points, depending on the dimension of the x-axis. If there are more measurement values than measurement points, several measured values are combined in one measurement point using the selected detector (see Chapter 6.3.1.5, "Detector Overview", on page 370).

  • Page 379: Softkeys Of The Spectrogram Menu

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis In the Spectrogram result display all markers are visible that are positioned on a visible frame. In the Spectrum Analyzer result display, only the markers positioned on the currently selected frame are visible. In Continuous Sweep mode this means that only markers positioned on frame 0 are visible.

  • Page 380: Markers

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Remote command: on page 620 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:HDEPth Color Mapping ← Spectrogram Displays the "Color Mapping" dialog box to configure the display of the spectrogram (assignment of colors to power levels). For more information see Chapter 5.1.6.2, "Color Map", on page 128.
  • Page 381 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Tasks ● "Basic Marker Functions" on page 379 Softkeys of the Marker Menu Functions to control markers described elsewhere: ● "Marker 1 / Marker 2 / Marker 3 / … Marker 16,/ Marker Norm/Delta" on page 177 ●...
  • Page 382 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Remote command: CALC:MARK:X:SSIZ POIN (see CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SSIZe on page 832) Marker Zoom (span > 0) Opens an edit dialog box to enter a display range for the zoom. The area around marker 1 is expanded accordingly and more details of the result can be seen. If no marker is activated, marker 1 is switched on and set on the largest signal.
  • Page 383 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis ● To switch to another marker, click on the marker label in the diagram. Alternatively, select the corresponding softkey. If necessary, select the More Markers softkey first to open a submenu that contains all marker numbers. ●...
  • Page 384 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis ● To zoom into the display around a marker, press the "Marker Zoom (span > 0)" on page 379 softkey and enter a span. ● To link the delta marker1 to marker1, so if the x-axis value of the marker 1 is changed, the delta marker 1 follows on the same x-position, press the Link Mkr1 and Delta1...

  • Page 385: Positioning Markers (Mkr➙ Key)

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Func Activated marker or measurement function Func.Result Result of the active marker or measurement function 6.3.3.2 Positioning Markers (MKR➙ Key) The MKR➙ key is used for search functions of measurement markers, assignment of the marker frequency as center frequency, restriction of the search area and character- ization of maxima and minima.
  • Page 386 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis ● "Next Min" on page 181 ● "Next Mode" on page 181 ● "Search Limits" on page 182 ● "Peak Excursion" on page 183 ● Spectrogram: Chapter 5.4.2.3, "Markers in Spectrograms", on page 183 Functions to position markers exclusive in Spectrum mode Center =Mkr Freq (span >...
  • Page 387 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Searching for a Maximum ● To search for the highest maximum, press the Peak softkey. ● To define the search mode for the next maximum, use the Next Mode softkey. ● To start the search, press the Next Peak softkey.
  • Page 388 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis 9. Reduce the span, e.g. using the rotary knob. Specifying the Suitable Peak Excursion 1. If the Peak Excursion softkey is used, the default value is sufficient, since, in this mode, the next lower maximum or next higher minimum will always be detected. 2.

  • Page 389: Performing Peak Searches With Markers - Peak Search Key

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis The detected signals and their order are different depending on the peak excursion setting and the peak search method (whether the next lower maximum or the next rela- tive maximum is searched). The following results are obtained. All tests start with the marker set to signal 1 by pressing the Peak softkey.

  • Page 390: Measuring With Markers (Mkr Func Key)

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis 6.3.3.4 Measuring with Markers (MKR FUNC Key) The [MKR FUNC] key provides various functions for markers, e.g. ● Phase Noise measurements ● Setting reference points ● Marker demodulation ● Defining Marker peak lists ● Signal counts ●...
  • Page 391 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis └ Ref. Fixed On/Off..................390 └ Ref Point Level....................390 └ Ref Point Frequency (span > 0)/Ref Point Time (zero span)......390 └ Peak Search....................391 Marker Demod......................391 └ Mkr Demod On/Off..................391 └ AM.........................391 └...
  • Page 392 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Remote command: on page 838 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt on page 838 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt:FREQuency? Noise Meas On/Off Switches the noise measurement for the active marker on or off. The corresponding marker becomes the normal marker. For more information on noise measurement see "Measurement of Noise Density"...
  • Page 393 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Ph. Noise Auto Peak Search ← Phase Noise Activates an automatic peak search for the reference fixed marker 1 at the end of each particular sweep. This function can be used to track a drifting source during a phase noise measure- ment.
  • Page 394 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Remote command: on page 836 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X Peak Search ← Ref Fixed Sets the maximum value of the selected trace as the reference point. Remote command: CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:MAXimum[:PEAK] on page 835 Marker Demod The marker demodulation function sends the AM data at the current marker frequency (in a bandwidth corresponding to the RBW) to the audio output.
  • Page 395 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis For more information see "AF Demodulation" on page 396. Remote command: CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:CONTinuous on page 842 Squelch ← Marker Demod Activates the squelch function, i.e. the audible AF is cut off below a defined threshold level.
  • Page 396 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Remote command: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD:STAT ON, see CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion: on page 846 NDBDown:STATe CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD 3dB, see CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion: on page 844 NDBDown CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD:RES? , see CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion: on page 845 NDBDown:RESult? CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:QFAC?, see CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion: on page 845 NDBDown:QFACtor CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD:FREQ? (span > 0), see CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>: on page 844 FUNCtion:NDBDown:FREQuency?
  • Page 397 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Peak Excursion ← Marker Peak List Opens an edit dialog box for level measurements to enter the minimum level value by which a signal must rise or fall so that it will be identified as a maximum or a minimum by the search functions.
  • Page 398 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Decim Sep ← Marker Peak List Selects the decimal separator with floating-point numerals for the ASCII Trace export to support evaluation programs (e.g. MS-Excel) in different languages. The values '.' (decimal point) and ',' (comma) can be set. Remote command: on page 818 FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator...
  • Page 399 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Remote command: on page 852 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:MODE on page 852 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:RESult? Density ← Band Power Selects the density mode for the band power marker, i.e. the result is displayed in dBm/Hz. Remote command: on page 852 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:MODE on page 852 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:RESult?
  • Page 400 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis Risk of hearing damage To protect your hearing, make sure that the volume setting is not too high before put- ting on the headphones. The volume for the headphones is controlled using the rotary knob next to the "AF Out- put"...
  • Page 401 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis The noise power density is indicated in the marker field. With logarithmic amplitude units (dBm, dBmV, dBmµV, dBµA), the noise power density is output in dBm/Hz, i.e. as level in 1 Hz bandwidth with reference to 1 mW. With linear amplitude units (V, A, W), the noise voltage density is evaluated in µV/Hz, the noise current density in µA/Hz or the noise power density in µW/Hz.
  • Page 402 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis The R&S ESRP noise figure can be calculated from the measured power density level. It is calculated by deducting the set RF attenuation (RF Att) from the displayed noise level and adding 174 to the result. Measurement example for Phase Noise Auto Peak Search The phase noise of a CW signal at 100 MHz with 0 dBm level is to be measured at 800 kHz from the carrier.

  • Page 403: Lines

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Analysis All markers can be defined as band power markers, each with a different span. When a band power marker is activated, if no marker is active yet, marker 1 is activated. Other- wise, the currently active marker is used as a band power marker (all other marker functions for this marker are deactivated).

  • Page 404: Advanced Measurement Examples

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples To open the Lines menu ● Press the [LINES] key. The "Lines" menu and the "Select Limit Line" dialog box are displayed. For details on the "Select Limit Line" dialog box refer to Chapter 5.4.3.5, "Selecting a Limit Line", on page 191.

  • Page 405: Measurement Of Harmonics

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples In the following examples, a signal generator is used as a signal source. The RF output of the signal generator is connected to the RF input of R&S ESRP. If a 64 MHz signal is required for the test setup, as an alternative to the signal genera- tor, the internal 64 MHz reference generator can be used: 1.
  • Page 406 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Figure 6-22: Fundamental wave and the frequency and level reference point 5. Make the step size for the center frequency equal to the signal frequency a) Press the [FREQ] key. b) Press the "CF-Stepsize" softkey and press the "= Marker" softkey in the sub- menu.

  • Page 407: Measuring The Spectra Of Complex Signals

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Figure 6-23: Measuring the level difference between the fundamental wave (= reference point level) and the 2nd harmonic The other harmonics are measured with steps 5 and 6, the center frequency being incremented or decremented in steps of 128 MHz using the [UPARROW] or [DNARROW] key.

  • Page 408: Intermodulation Measurements

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Two signals with the same amplitude can be resolved if the resolution bandwidth is smaller than or equal to the frequency spacing of the signal. If the resolution bandwidth is equal to the frequency spacing, the spectrum display screen shows a level drop of 3 dB precisely in the center of the two signals.
  • Page 409 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples The R&S ESRP is in its default state. 2. Set center frequency to 1 GHz and the frequency span to 3 MHz. 3. Set the reference level to -10 dBm and RF attenuation to 0 dB. 4.

  • Page 410: Measuring Signals In The Vicinity Of Noise

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples 2. The level of a signal analyzer's intrinsic intermodulation products depends on the RF level of the useful signals at the input mixer. When the RF attenuation is added, the mixer level is reduced and the intermodulation distance is increased. With an additional RF attenuation of 10 dB, the levels of the intermodulation products are reduced by 20 dB.

  • Page 411: Measurement Example - Measuring Level At Low S/N Ratios

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Impact of the RF attenuation setting The sensitivity of a signal analyzer is directly influenced by the selected RF attenua- tion. The highest sensitivity is obtained at a RF attenuation of 0 dB. The attenuation can be set in 10 dB steps up to 70 dB.
  • Page 412 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples 2. Set the center frequency to 128 MHz and the frequency span to 100 MHz: a) Press the FREQ key and enter "128 MHz". b) Press the SPAN key and enter "100 MHz". Figure 6-25: Sine wave signal with low S/N ratio.
  • Page 413 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples c) Select "Average" in the "Trace Mode" drop-down menu of the selected trace. The traces of consecutive sweeps are averaged. To perform averaging, the R&S ESRP automatically switches on the sample detector. The RF signal, therefore, can be more clearly distinguished from noise.
  • Page 414 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples e) Press the "Video BW Manual" softkey and enter "10 kHz". The RF signal can be more clearly distinguished from noise. Figure 6-27: RF sine wave signal with low S/N ratio if a smaller video bandwidth is selected. 5.

  • Page 415: Noise Measurements

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples a) In the "Bandwidth" menu press the "Res BW Manual" softkey and enter "100 kHz". The displayed noise is reduced by approx. 10 dB. The signal, therefore, emerges from noise by about 10 dB. Compared to the previous setting, the video bandwidth has remained the same, i.e.

  • Page 416: Measuring Noise Power Density

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples The noise of an oscillator is determined by phase noise near the oscillator frequency and by thermal noise of the active elements far from the oscillator frequency. Phase noise can mask weak signals near the oscillator frequency and make them impossible to detect.
  • Page 417 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Conversion to other reference bandwidths The result of the noise measurement can be referred to other bandwidths by simple conversion. This is done by adding 10 × log (BW) to the measurement result, BW being the new reference bandwidth.

  • Page 418: Measurement Of Noise Power Within A Transmission Channel

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples room temperature (-174 dBm (1Hz)) and the measured noise power P the noise fig- noise ure (NF) is obtained as follows: NF = P + 174 – g, noise where g = gain of DUT in dB Example: The measured internal noise power of the R&S ESRP at an attenuation of 0 dB is found to be -143 dBm/1 Hz.
  • Page 419 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples discrete spurious signals in the channel, the channel power measurement method must be used to obtain correct measurement results. Measurement Example – Measuring the Intrinsic Noise of the R&S ESRP at 1 GHz in a 1.23 MHz Channel Bandwidth with the Channel Power Function Test setup: ►...

  • Page 420: Measuring Phase Noise

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Press the "Adjust Settings" softkey. The settings for the frequency span, the bandwidth (RBW and VBW) and the detector are automatically set to the optimum values required for the measure- ment. Figure 6-30: Measurement of the R&S ESRP's intrinsic noise power in a 1.23 MHz channel bandwidth.
  • Page 421 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Measurement Example – Measuring the Phase Noise of a Signal Generator at a Carrier Offset of 10 kHz Test setup: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW): Frequency: 100 MHz Level: 0 dBm Procedure: 1.

  • Page 422: Measurements On Modulated Signals

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Figure 6-31: Measuring phase noise with the phase-noise marker function The frequency offset can be varied by moving the marker with the rotary knob or by entering a new frequency offset as a number. 6.4.6 Measurements on Modulated Signals 6.4.6.1 Measuring Channel Power and Adjacent Channel Power...
  • Page 423 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples width can be obtained using correction factors. These correction factors are normally used by the signal analyzer's internal power measurement routines in order to deter- mine the signal power from IF envelope measurements. These factors apply if and only if the assumption of a Gaussian amplitude distribution is correct.
  • Page 424 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW): Frequency: 850 MHz Level: 0 dBm Modulation: CDMA2000 Procedure: 1. Set the R&S ESRP to its default state by pressing the [PRESET] key. The R&S ESRP is in its default state. 2.
  • Page 425 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Figure 6-32: Adjacent channel power measurement on a CDMA2000 1x signal Measurement Example 2 – Measuring Adjacent Channel Power of a W-CDMA Uplink Signal Test setup: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW): Frequency: 1950 MHz Level:...
  • Page 426 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples The R&S ESRP is in its default state. 2. Set the center frequency to 1950 MHz by pressing the [FREQ] key and entering "1950 MHz". 3. Switch on the ACLR measurement for W-CDMA. a) Press the [MEAS] key.
  • Page 427 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples 5. Set up the adjacent channel power measurement with the fast ACLR mode. a) Set "Fast ACLR" softkey to "On". b) Press the "Adjust Ref Level" softkey. The R&S ESRP measures the power of the individual channels with zero span. A root raised cosine filter with the parameters α...
  • Page 428 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Figure 6-35: The R&S ESRP's dynamic range for adjacent channel power measurements on W-CDMA uplink signals is a function of the mixer level. The level of the W-CDMA signal at the input mixer is shown on the horizontal axis, i.e. the measured signal level minus the selected RF attenuation.

  • Page 429: Amplitude Distribution Measurements

    ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples 6.4.6.2 Amplitude Distribution Measurements If modulation types are used that do not have a constant zero span envelope, the transmitter has to handle peak amplitudes that are greater than the average power. This includes all modulation types that involve amplitude modulation –QPSK for exam- ple.
  • Page 430 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Figure 6-36: Amplitude probability distribution of white noise 3. Switch to the CCDF display mode. a) Press the "UP" key. b) Press the "CCDF" softkey. The CCDF display mode is switched on. User Manual 1175.7445.02 ─...
  • Page 431 ® Spectrum Measurements R&S ESRP Advanced Measurement Examples Figure 6-37: CCDF of white noise The CCDF trace indicates the probability that a level will exceed the mean power. The level above the mean power is plotted along the x-axis of the graph. The origin of the axis corresponds to the mean power level.

  • Page 432: Q Analyzer

    ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP 7 I/Q Analyzer The I/Q Analyzer provides functions to capture, visualize and evaluate I/Q data. These functions include: ● capturing data from the RF input ● displaying I/Q data in various result types, e.g. separate Real/Imag diagrams or as an I/Q-vector Menu and softkey description The "I/Q Analyzer"...

  • Page 433: Softkeys And Parameters Of The I/Q Analyzer Menu

    ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys and Parameters of the I/Q Analyzer Menu Further information ● Some general information on working with I/Q data can be found in Chapter 7.5, "Working with I/Q Data", on page 444. 7.1 Softkeys and Parameters of the I/Q Analyzer Menu This section describes the softkeys and parameters of the "I/Q Analyzer"...
  • Page 434 ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys and Parameters of the I/Q Analyzer Menu Level ← I/Q Analyzer Opens a dialog box to define the level settings. Reference Level ← Level ← I/Q Analyzer Specifies the reference level for the I/Q measurement. Remote command: on page 857 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue...
  • Page 435 ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys and Parameters of the I/Q Analyzer Menu "Magnitude" Shows the values in time domain "Spectrum" Displays the frequency spectrum of the captured I/Q samples. User Manual 1175.7445.02 ─ 08...
  • Page 436 ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys and Parameters of the I/Q Analyzer Menu "I/Q-Vector" Displays the captured samples in an I/Q-plot. The samples are con- nected by a line. "Real/Imag Displays the I and Q values in separate diagrams. (I/Q)" Remote command: on page 856 CALCulate<n>:FORMat...
  • Page 437 ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys and Parameters of the I/Q Analyzer Menu Carrier-to-noise measurements are not available in zero span mode. Note: Carrier-to-noise measurements are also available in the I/Q Analyzer, but only for Spectrum displays (see "Display Config" on page 431).

  • Page 438: Softkeys Of The Amplitude Menu In I/Q Analyzer Mode

    ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Amplitude Menu in I/Q Analyzer Mode Remote command: on page 693 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet 7.2 Softkeys of the Amplitude Menu in I/Q Analyzer Mode In I/Q Analyzer mode, the "Amplitude" menu, which is displayed when you select the [AMPT] key, contains the following functions.
  • Page 439 ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Amplitude Menu in I/Q Analyzer Mode Y-Axis Max Opens an edit dialog box to specify the maximum value of the y-axis in either direction (in Volts). Thus, the y-axis scale starts at -<Y-AxisMax> and ends at +<Y-AxisMax>. This command is only available if the display configuration for the I/Q Analyzer is set to "I/Q Vector"...
  • Page 440 ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Amplitude Menu in I/Q Analyzer Mode Range Log 5 dB ← Range Sets the level display range to 5 dB. Remote command: Logarithmic scaling: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG, see DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y: on page 636 SPACing Display range: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y 5DB, see DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]...
  • Page 441 ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Amplitude Menu in I/Q Analyzer Mode Remote command: DISP:TRAC:Y:SPAC LDB, see DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y:SPACing on page 636 Unit Opens the "Unit" submenu to select the unit for the level axis. The default setting in spectrum mode is dBm. If a transducer is switched on, the softkey is not available.
  • Page 442 ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Amplitude Menu in I/Q Analyzer Mode Ref Level Position Opens an edit dialog box to enter the reference level position, i.e. the position of the maximum AD converter value on the level axis. The setting range is from -200 to +200 %, 0 % corresponding to the lower and 100 % to the upper limit of the diagram.

  • Page 443: Softkeys Of The Marker To Menu In I/Q Analyzer Mode

    ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Trigger Menu in I/Q Analyzer Mode The setting 75 Ω should be selected if the 50 Ω input impedance is transformed to a higher impedance using a 75 Ω adapter of the RAZ type (= 25 Ω in series to the input impedance of the instrument).
  • Page 444 ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Trigger Menu in I/Q Analyzer Mode Repetition Interval....................... 444 Trigger Hysteresis....................... 444 Trigger Holdoff......................444 Trg/Gate Source Opens the "Trigger/Gate Source" dialog box to select the trigger/gate mode. As gate modes, all modes except "Power Sensor" are available. For details see also Chapter 6.2.8.3, "Using Gated Sweep Operation", on page 352.
  • Page 445 ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Trigger Menu in I/Q Analyzer Mode In RF Power trigger mode the instrument uses a level detector at the first intermediate frequency. The detector threshold can be selected in a range between - 50 dBm and -10 dBm at the input mixer.
  • Page 446 ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Trigger Menu in I/Q Analyzer Mode Time ← Trg/Gate Source Opens an edit dialog box to define a repetition interval in which the measurement is triggered. The shortest interval is 2 ms. Remote command: on page 807 TRIG:SOUR...

  • Page 447: Working With I/Q Data

    ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Working with I/Q Data Repetition Interval Opens an edit dialog box to define a repetition interval in which the measurement is triggered. The shortest interval is 2 ms. This softkey is only available if the trigger source "Time"...

  • Page 448: Sample Rate And Maximum Usable Bandwidth (Rf Input)

    ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Working with I/Q Data Figure 7-1: Block diagram illustrating the R&S ESRP signal processing Maximum number of samples The maximum number of samples for RF input is 200 MS. 7.5.1 Sample Rate and Maximum Usable Bandwidth (RF Input) Definitions ●...
  • Page 449 ® I/Q Analyzer R&S ESRP Working with I/Q Data Figure 7-2: Relation between maximum usable bandwidth and sample rate (RF input) User Manual 1175.7445.02 ─ 08...

  • Page 450: Tracking Generator

    ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Tracking Generator Menu 8 Tracking Generator Equipped with option R&S FSV-B9, an internal tracking generator emits a signal at the exact input frequency of the analyzer during operation. The generated signal is sent to the DUT, thus allowing the analyzer to control the input frequency of the device directly.
  • Page 451 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Tracking Generator Menu Power Sweep......................451 └ Power Sweep (On /Off).................451 └ Power Sweep Start..................451 └ Power Sweep Stop..................451 Source Config......................452 Source RF Internal (On/ Off) Switches the selected tracking generator on or off. Default setting is off. The currently selected generator is indicated on the softkey.
  • Page 452 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Tracking Generator Menu If both calibrations (open circuit, short circuit) are carried out, the calibration curve is calculated by averaging the two measurements and stored in the memory. The order of the two calibration measurements is irrelevant. Remote command: on page 870 [SENSe:]CORRection:METHod...
  • Page 453 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Tracking Generator Menu Save As Trd Factor ← Source Cal Uses the normalized measurement data to generate a transducer factor with up to 625 points. The trace data is converted to a transducer with unit dB and stored in a file with the specified name and the suffix.trd under "c:\r_s\instr\trd".
  • Page 454 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Softkeys of the Tracking Generator Menu Remote command: on page 871 SOURce<n>:AM:STATe on page 871 SOURce<n>:DM:STATe on page 872 SOURce<n>:FM:STATe Power Sweep Opens a submenu to define power sweep settings. This softkey is only available if the (internal) Tracking Generator option (B9) is instal- led.

  • Page 455: Connecting External Tracking Generators

    ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Connecting External Tracking Generators Remote command: on page 875 SOURce<n>:POWer:STOP Source Config Opens the "Tracking Generator Configuration" dialog, see Chapter 8.3, "Configuring Tracking Generators", on page 456. 8.2 Connecting External Tracking Generators The external tracking generator is controlled either via a LAN connection or via the – optional –...

  • Page 456: Overview Of Generators Supported By The R&S Esrp

    ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Connecting External Tracking Generators Figure 8-1: TTL connection for an SMU generator In order to enhance measurement accuracy, a common reference frequency should be used for both the R&S ESRP and the generator. If no independent 10 MHz reference frequency is available, it is recommended that you connect the reference output of the generator with the reference input of the R&S ESRP and that you enable usage of the external reference on the R&S ESRP via "SETUP"...
  • Page 457 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Connecting External Tracking Generators Generator Interface Type Generator Min Generator Max Generator Min Generator Max Freq Freq Power Power SMC100A3 9 kHz 3.2 GHz -145 SME02 5 kHz 1.5 GHz -144 SME03 5 kHz 3.0 GHz -144 SME06 5 kHz...
  • Page 458 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Connecting External Tracking Generators Generator Interface Type Generator Min Generator Max Generator Min Generator Max Freq Freq Power Power 10 MHz 50 GHz SMR50B11 -130 SMR60 1 GHz 60 GHz -130 10 MHz 60 GHz SMR60B11 -130 SMP02...

  • Page 459: Configuring Tracking Generators

    ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Configuring Tracking Generators Generator Interface Type Generator Min Generator Max Generator Min Generator Max Freq Freq Power Power HP ESG-A Ser- GPIB 250 kHz 4 GHz -136 ies 1000A, 2000A, 3000A, 4000A HP ESG-D GPIB 250 kHz 3 GHz -136...
  • Page 460 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Configuring Tracking Generators The configuration dialog box contains the following fields: Select Selects the internal tracking generator as the current tracking generator source. "Inter- nal" is displayed as the source on the "Source RF" softkey. All tracking generator func- tions are performed with the currently selected source.

  • Page 461: External Tracking Generator

    ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Configuring Tracking Generators Remote command: on page 873 SOURce<n>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet Frequency Offset Constant frequency offset between the output signal of the tracking generator and the input frequency of the R&S ESRP. Possible offsets are in a range of ±1 GHz in 0.1 Hz steps.
  • Page 462 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Configuring Tracking Generators The configuration dialog box contains the following fields: Select Selects the specified external tracking generator as the current tracking generator source. "External 1" or "External 2" is displayed as the source on the "Source RF" soft- key.
  • Page 463 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Configuring Tracking Generators Remote command: on page 876 SOURce<n>:EXTernal<generator>:FREQuency Source Power The output power of the external tracking generator. The default output power is -20 dBm. The range is specified in the data sheet. Remote command: on page 879 SOURce<n>:EXTernal<generator>:POWer[:LEVel] Power Offset...
  • Page 464 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Configuring Tracking Generators ● If the stop frequency lies above F MAX, the generator is switched off. When the generator is subsequently switched on using the "Source RF Internal (On/ Off)" on page 448 softkey, the stop frequency is limited to F MAX. ●...
  • Page 465 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Configuring Tracking Generators Interface Type of interface connection used. The following interfaces are currently supported: ● TCP/IP ● GPIB For details on interfaces see "LAN" on page 34 and "GPIB Interface" on page 34. Remote command: SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice:GENerator<generator>:INTerface on page 881 TTL Synchronization...

  • Page 466: Tracking Generator Functions

    ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Tracking Generator Functions Frequency Min. For reference only: Lower frequency limit for the generator. Frequency Max. For reference only: Upper frequency limit for the generator. Power Min. For reference only: Lower power limit for the generator. Power Max.

  • Page 467: Calibrating For Transmission And Reflection Measurement

    ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Tracking Generator Functions Table 8-1: Measurement accuracy levels Accuracy Enhancement label Reason/Limitation high No difference between reference setting and measurement medium APX (approximation) Change of the following settings: ● coupling (RBW, VBW, SWT) ● reference level, RF attenuation ●...

  • Page 468: Transmission Measurement

    ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Tracking Generator Functions 7. To display the reference line, press the "Reference Value Position" on page 449 softkey. 8. To enter a value to shift the reference line, press the "Reference Value" on page 449 softkey. 9.
  • Page 469 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Tracking Generator Functions Figure 8-5: Normalized display CORR ON, see on page 870 [SENSe:]CORRection[:STATe] User Manual 1175.7445.02 ─ 08...
  • Page 470 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Tracking Generator Functions Figure 8-6: Normalized measurement, shifted with Reference Value Position= 50% DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS 10PCT, see DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[: on page 814 SCALe]:RPOSition User Manual 1175.7445.02 ─ 08...
  • Page 471 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Tracking Generator Functions Figure 8-7: Measurement with Reference Value: +10dB and Reference Value Position = 50% After the reference line has been shifted by entering +10 dB as the "Reference Value" on page 449, deviations from the nominal value can be displayed with high resolution (e.g.

  • Page 472: Modulation (Internal Tracking Generator Only)

    ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Tracking Generator Functions Figure 8-8: Measurement of a 10-dB attenuator pad with 2dB/Div DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RVAL +10dB, see DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[: on page 857 SCALe]:RVALue 8.4.6 Modulation (internal Tracking Generator only) The time characteristics of the tracking generator output signal can be influenced by means of external signals (input voltage range -1 V to +1 V).
  • Page 473 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Tracking Generator Functions Table 8-2: Simultaneous modes of modulation (tracking generator) Modulation Frequency offset EXT AM EXT FM EXT I/Q ● ● ● Frequency offset ● ● EXT AM ● ● EXT FM ● EXT I/Q ●...

  • Page 474: Displayed Information And Errors

    ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Displayed Information and Errors Figure 8-9: I/Q modulation I/Q modulation is performed by means of the built-in quadrature modulator. The RF sig- nal is divided into two orthogonal I and Q components (in phase and quadrature phase).
  • Page 475 ® Tracking Generator R&S ESRP Displayed Information and Errors Label Description APX (approximation) Normalization on; Deviation from the reference setting occurs Aborted normalization For details on measurement accuracy levels, see Chapter 8.4.5, "Normalization", on page 465. Error and status messages Message Description "Ext.

  • Page 476: System Configuration

    ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Manual Operation – Local Menu 9 System Configuration 9.1 Manual Operation – Local Menu When switched on, the instrument is always in the manual measurement mode and can be operated via the front panel. As soon as the instrument receives a remote com- mand, it is switched to the remote control mode.

  • Page 477: User-Defined Menu - User Key

    ® System Configuration R&S ESRP User-Defined Menu – USER key The instrument switches from remote to manual operation, but only if the local lock- out function has not been activated in the remote control mode. 9.2 User-Defined Menu – USER key The USER key displays a user-defined menu.

  • Page 478: Instrument Setup And Interface Configuration - Setup Key

    ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key For each user-definable softkey (1–8), you can define a key label and assign a settings file that is to be loaded when the softkey is selected. SCPI command: on page 954 MMEMory:USER<Softkey>...

  • Page 479: Softkeys Of The Setup Menu

    ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key 9.3.1 Softkeys of the Setup Menu The following table shows all softkeys available in the "Setup" menu. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
  • Page 480 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key └ Time+Date....................489 └ Configure Monitor..................489 └ Soft Frontpanel..................... 490 Display Setup......................490 └ Tool Bar State (On/Off)................. 491 └ Status Bar..................... 491 └ Screen Title (On/Off)..................
  • Page 481 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Reference Int/Ext Switches between the internal and external reference signal source. The default setting is internal reference. It is important that the external reference signal is deactivated when switching from external to internal reference to avoid interactions.
  • Page 482 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Basically, the dialog box contains three elements. ● A list of available transducer factors or transducer sets. The list shows the name of the transducer factor or set, its unit and its state. ●...
  • Page 483 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key You can define the characteristics in several ways: ● Edit a transducer factor that already exists (➙"Edit" softkey). ● Create a new transducer factor (➙"New" softkey). ● Create a new transducer factor based on an existing one ➙("Copy To"...
  • Page 484 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key The shift of the trace caused by the transducer factor by a certain amount deteriorates the dynamic range of the measurement results. To restore the original dynamic range, you have to compensate for the transducer fac- tor.
  • Page 485 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key 1 = Name and comment of the transducer set 2 = Unit of the transducer set 3 = Button to turn the transducer break on and off 4 = Table of transducer set ranges and corresponding frequencies and transducer factors 5 = Start and stop frequency of the currently selected range 6 = List of transducer ranges...
  • Page 486 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Remote command: on page 883 *CAL? Show Align Results ← Alignment Opens a dialog box that displays the correction data of the alignment: ● Date and time of last correction data record ●...
  • Page 487 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key IP Address ← Network Address ← General Setup Opens an edit dialog box to enter the IP address via the keypad. The TCP/IP protocol is preinstalled with the IP address 10.0.0.10. If the DHCP server is available ("DHCP On"), the dialog box entry is read-only.
  • Page 488 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key LXI functionality is available only for user accounts with administrator rights. Remote command: on page 958 SYSTem:LXI:PASSword Description ← LXI ← General Setup Opens a dialog box to view or change the LXI instrument description. This description is used on some of the LXI web sites.
  • Page 489 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Furthermore, some special GPIB settings are available to emulate HP models (see Chapter 11.18, "GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E", on page 1007): ●...
  • Page 490 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Language Comment 8564E 8565E 8566A Command sets A and B are available. Command sets A and B differ in the rules regarding the command structure. 8566B 8568A Command sets A and B are available.
  • Page 491 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Coupling (FSx/HP) ← Compatibility Mode ← GPIB ← General Setup Controls the default coupling ratios in the HP emulation mode for: ● Span and resolution bandwidth (Span/RBW) and ●...
  • Page 492 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Remote command: on page 889 SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate GPIB Terminator LFEOI/EOI ← GPIB ← General Setup Changes the GPIB receive terminator. According to the standard, the terminator in ASCII is <LF> and/or <EOI>. For binary data transfers (e.g.
  • Page 493 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key For further details, refer to Chapter 3.2.3, "Connecting an External Monitor", on page 45. Soft Frontpanel ← General Setup Activates or deactivates the display of the instrument emulation. deactivated Only the measurement screen is displayed.
  • Page 494 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key ● "Annotation (On/Off)" on page 492 ● "Theme Selection" on page 492 ● "Screen Colors" on page 492 ● "Print Colors" on page 493 ● "Display Pwr Save (On/Off)" on page 494 Tool Bar State (On/Off) ←...
  • Page 495 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Annotation (On/Off) ← Display Setup Activates/deactivates the display of the frequency information in the diagram footer. For example, to protect confidential data it can be useful to hide the frequency informa- tion.
  • Page 496 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key The "Selected Object" list is displayed to select the object. To set the color, the prede- fined colors are displayed. Remote command: on page 946 DISPlay:CMAP<item>:HSL on page 927 HCOPy:CMAP<item>:HSL Predefined Colors ←...
  • Page 497 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Remote command: on page 927 HCOPy:CMAP<item>:HSL Select Print Color Set ← Print Colors ← Display Setup Opens the "Select Print Color Set" dialog box to select the color settings for printout. Screen colors (Print) Selects the current screen colors for the printout.
  • Page 498 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Hardware Info ← System Info Opens a dialog box that displays hardware information, e.g. on the frontend and moth- erboard. Every listed component is described by its serial number, order number, model information, hardware code, and hardware revision.
  • Page 499 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Remote command: on page 895 SYSTem:ERRor:LIST? Clear All Messages ← System Info Deletes all system messages. The softkey is only available if the "System Messages" dialog box is displayed. Remote command: on page 894 SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:ALL...
  • Page 500 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Install Option ← Option Licenses Opens an edit dialog box to enter the license key for the option that you want to install. If an option is about to expire, a message box is displayed to inform you. You can then use this softkey to enter a new license key.
  • Page 501 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Service Opens a submenu that contains additional functions for maintenance and/or trouble- shooting. NOTICE! Risk of incorrect operation due to service functions. The service functions are not necessary for normal measurement operation. However, incorrect use can affect correct operation and/or data integrity of the R&S ESRP.
  • Page 502 ® System Configuration R&S ESRP Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key Password ← Service Opens an edit dialog box to enter the password. This ensures that the service func- tions are only used by authorized personnel. Remote command: on page 907 SYSTem:PASSword[:CENable] Service Function ←...

  • Page 503: Data Management And Documentation

    ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key 10 Data Management and Documentation 10.1 Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key The [SAVE/RCL] key is used to store and recall an instrument configuration. The "Save/Recall"...

  • Page 504: Softkeys Of The Save/Rcl Menu

    ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key To open the Save/Recall menu ► Press the [SAVE/RCL] key. The "Save/Recall" menu is displayed. Menu and softkey description ● Chapter 10.1.1, "Softkeys of the SAVE/RCL Menu", on page 501 Further information...
  • Page 505 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key └ Date....................506 └ Extension.................... 506 └ Size.....................506 └ File Lists (1/2)....................506 └ Current File List (1/2)..................506 └ Network Drive....................507 └ Map Network Drive................
  • Page 506 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key In the "Recall" dialog box, the items saved in the selected file are displayed. Remote command: on page 953 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings on page 953 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL on page 954 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRACe[:ACTive] on page 954 MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer:ALL...
  • Page 507 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key Startup Recall (On/Off) ← Startup Recall Activates or deactivates the startup recall function. If activated, the settings stored in the file selected via the Select Dataset softkey are loaded when booting or for preset.
  • Page 508 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key Decim Sep ← Export Selects the decimal separator with floating-point numerals for the ASCII Trace export to support evaluation programs (e.g. MS-Excel) in different languages. The values '.' (decimal point) and ',' (comma) can be set.
  • Page 509 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key Remote command: on page 912 MMEMory:MDIRectory Copy ← File Manager Copies the selected item to the clipboard. The item can be copied later using the Paste softkey.

  • Page 510: File Selection Dialog Boxes

    ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key Network Drive ← File Manager Opens the "Map Network Drive" dialog box and submenu. Map Network Drive ← Network Drive ← File Manager Sets the focus on the "Drive" list. Remote command: on page 955 MMEMory:NETWork:MAP...
  • Page 511 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key Drive The data is stored on the internal flash disk or, if selected, on a memory stick or net- work drive. The mass media are assigned to the volume names as follows: Drive Designation Comment...

  • Page 512: Importing And Exporting I/Q Data

    ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key Which items are available depends on the installed options. The following items may be included: Item Description Current Settings Current measurement settings. All Transducers All transducer factor files. (Note: Restoring a saveset overwrites transducer factor files on the hard disk that have the same name as those in the saveset.
  • Page 513 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key Contained files An iq-tar file must contain the following files: ● I/Q parameter XML file, e.g. xyz.xml Contains meta information about the I/Q data (e.g. sample rate). The filename can be defined freely, but there must be only one single I/Q parameter XML file inside an iq-tar file.
  • Page 514 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key <PreviewData>...</PreviewData> </RS_IQ_TAR_FileFormat> Element Description RS_IQ_TAR_FileFormat The root element of the XML file. It must contain the attribute fileFormatVersion that contains the number of the file format definition. Currently, fileFormatVersion "2"...
  • Page 515 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key Element Description DataFilename Contains the filename of the I/Q data binary file that is part of the iq-tar file. It is recommended that the filename uses the following convention: <xyz>.<Format>.<Channels>ch.<Type>...
  • Page 516 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Saving and Recalling Settings Files – SAVE/RCL Key <float>-41</float> <float>0</float> </ArrayOfFloat> </Max> </PowerVsTime> <Spectrum> <Min> <ArrayOfFloat length="256"> <float>-107</float> <float>-96</float> <float>-94</float> </ArrayOfFloat> </Min> <Max> <ArrayOfFloat length="256"> <float>-25</float> <float>1</float> <float>1</float> </ArrayOfFloat> </Max> </Spectrum> </Channel> </ArrayOfChannel> </PreviewData>...

  • Page 517: Measurement Documentation - Print Key

    ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Measurement Documentation – PRINT Key I[0][3], Q[0][3], // Channel 0, Complex sample 3 I[1][3], Q[1][3], // Channel 1, Complex sample 3 I[2][3], Q[2][3], // Channel 2, Complex sample 3 10.2 Measurement Documentation – PRINT Key The PRINT key is used to select and configure the printer and to customize the screen printout.
  • Page 518 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Measurement Documentation – PRINT Key The output is defined via the "Device Setup" on page 515 softkey. If the output is saved in a file, the file name used in the last saving process is counted up to the next unused name.
  • Page 519 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Measurement Documentation – PRINT Key ● "Set to Default" on page 516 Select Print Color Set ← Colors For details see "Select Print Color Set" on page 494 softkey of the "Setup" menu. Color (On/Off) ←...

  • Page 520: Working With Test Reports

    ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports 10.3 Working with Test Reports The R&S ESRP features a test report generator. A test report is a document that sum- marizes the results and configuration of measurements. A test report is made up out of one or more datasets. Each dataset contains the results and configuration of one measurement.
  • Page 521 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports You can select to include the following types of information. (Note that the Spectrum application does not support all elements.) ● Header Adds a page header to the dataset. For more information see "Designing the Header of the Test Report"...
  • Page 522 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports ● Title Defines a name for a variable that has different values depending on the measure- ment (for example the name of the EUT). The firmware comes with some prede- fined titles, but you can change and customize each title.

  • Page 523: Creating A Test Report

    ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports Remote command: Title: on page 939 HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe Description: on page 939 HCOPy:TREPort:DESCription Managing Templates The "Templates" tab allows you manage test report templates. ● Load Restores the selected test report configuration. ●...
  • Page 524 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports Test report limitations The size of the test report is limited to about 50.000 measurement points. If the number of measurement points is greater than that value, only the first 50.000 values are written to the report.
  • Page 525 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports Adding and Removing Datasets Before you can print a test report, you have to fill it with data. Data in case of the test report comes in datasets. Each dataset contains the results of one measurement.
  • Page 526 ® Data Management and Documentation R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports Remote command: Select a single dataset: on page 943 HCOPy:TREPort:TEST:SELect Select all datasets: on page 943 HCOPy:TREPort:TEST:SELect:ALL Invert selection: on page 943 HCOPy:TREPort:TEST:SELect:INVert Select no dataset: on page 944 HCOPy:TREPort:TEST:SELect:NONE User Manual 1175.7445.02 ─...

  • Page 527: Remote Control

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics 11 Remote Control ● Remote Control - Basics..................524 ● Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely..............565 ● Selecting the Operating Mode................604 ● Remote Commands in Receiver Mode..............605 ● Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode..........
  • Page 528 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Table 11-1: Remote control interfaces and protocols Interface Remarks Protocols, VISA address string Local Area Protocols: A LAN connector is located on the rear panel of the instrument. ● HiSLIP High-Speed Network The interface is based on TCP/IP and supports various proto- LAN Instrument...

  • Page 529: Visa Libraries

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics tions. Tables provide a fast overview of the bit assignment in the status registers. The tables are supplemented by a comprehensive description of the status registers. 11.1.1.1 VISA Libraries VISA is a standardized software interface library providing input and output functions to communicate with instruments.

  • Page 530: Lan Interface

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics – Common commands: their function and syntax are precisely defined in stan- dard IEEE 488.2. They are employed identically on all instruments (if imple- mented). They refer to functions such as management of the standardized sta- tus registers, reset and self-test.
  • Page 531 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics ● TCPIP designates the network protocol used ● host address is the IP address or host name of the device ● LAN device name defines the protocol and the instance number of a sub-instru- ment;...
  • Page 532 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics ● High performance as with raw socket network connections ● Compatible IEEE 488.2 support for Message Exchange Protocol, Device Clear, Serial Poll, Remote/Local, Trigger, and Service Request ● Uses a single IANA registered port (4880), which simplifies the configuration of fire- walls ●...

  • Page 533: Gpib Interface (Iec 625/Ieee 418 Bus Interface)

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics RSIB Interface Functions The library functions are adapted to the interface functions of National Instruments for GPIB programming. The functions supported by the libraries are listed in the following table. Function Description RSDLLibfind() Provides a handle for access to a device.
  • Page 534 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics ● Up to 15 instruments can be connected ● The total cable length is restricted to a maximum of 15 m or 2 m times the number of devices, whichever is less; the cable lenth between two instruments should not exceed 2 m.
  • Page 535 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Figure 11-1: Communication lines used by the GPIB interface User Manual 1175.7445.02 ─ 08...
  • Page 536 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Universal Commands Universal commands are encoded in the range 10 through 1F hex. They affect all instruments connected to the bus and do not require addressing. Command Effect on the instrument DCL (Device Clear) Aborts the processing of the commands just received and sets the com- mand processing software to a defined initial state.

  • Page 537: Starting A Remote Control Session

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics The submenu for setting the parameters of the remote control interface is dis- played. 4. Press the "GPIB Address" softkey. The edit dialog box for the GPIB address is displayed. 5. Enter a value between 0 and 30. Remote command: SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR 18 11.1.2 Starting a Remote Control Session When you switch on the instrument, it is always in manual operation state ("local"...

  • Page 538: Returning To Manual Operation

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics 11.1.3 Returning to Manual Operation Before you switch back to manual operation, all remote command processing must be completed. Otherwise, the instrument will switch back to remote control immediately. ► Press the "Local" softkey or the [PRESET] key, or use the following GPIB com- mand: status = viGpibControlREN(vi, VI_GPIB_REN_ADDRESS_GTL) If you select the "Local"...

  • Page 539: Syntax For Device-Specific Commands

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics 11.1.4.2 Syntax for Device-Specific Commands Not all commands used in the following examples are necessarily implemented in the instrument. For demonstration purposes only, assume the existence of the following commands for this section: ●...

  • Page 540: Scpi Parameters

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Example: Definition: HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant[<N>] Command: HCOP:PAGE:DIM:QUAD2 This command refers to the quadrant 2. Different numbering in remote control For remote control, the suffix may differ from the number of the corresponding selec- tion used in manual operation.
  • Page 541 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics ● Numeric Values..................... 538 ● Special Numeric Values..................538 ● Boolean Parameters..................... 539 ● Text Parameters....................539 ● Character Strings....................539 ● Block Data......................540 Numeric Values Numeric values can be entered in any form, i.e. with sign, decimal point and exponent. Values exceeding the resolution of the instrument are rounded up or down.
  • Page 542 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics ● INF and NINF: INFinity and negative INFinity (NINF) represent the numeric values 9.9E37 or -9.9E37, respectively. INF and NINF are only sent as instrument respon- ses. ● NAN: Not A Number (NAN) represents the value 9.91E37. NAN is only sent as a instrument response.

  • Page 543: Overview Of Syntax Elements

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Example: HCOP:ITEM:LABel "Test1" HCOP:ITEM:LABel 'Test1' Block Data Block data is a format which is suitable for the transmission of large amounts of data. For example, a command using a block data parameter has the following structure: FORMat:READings:DATA #45168xxxxxxxx The ASCII character # introduces the data block.

  • Page 544: Structure Of A Command Line

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Table 11-4: Special characters Parameters A vertical stroke in parameter definitions indicates alternative possibilities in the sense of "or". The effect of the command differs, depending on which parameter is used. Example: Definition:HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape | PORTrait Command HCOP:PAGE:ORI LAND specifies landscape orientation...

  • Page 545: Responses To Queries

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Example: HCOP:ITEM ALL;:HCOP:IMM This command line contains two commands. Both commands are part of the HCOP command system, i.e. they have one level in common. If the successive commands belong to the same system, having one or several levels in common, the command line can be abbreviated.

  • Page 546: Command Sequence And Synchronization

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics 11.1.5 Command Sequence and Synchronization IEEE 488.2 defines a distinction between overlapped and sequential commands: ● A sequential command is one which finishes executing before the next command starts executing. Commands that are processed quickly are usually implemented as sequential commands.

  • Page 547: Preventing Overlapping Execution

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Example: Overlapping command with *OPC The instrument implements INITiate[:IMMediate] as an overlapped command. Assuming that INITiate[:IMMediate] takes longer to execute than *OPC, sending the following command sequence results in initiating a sweep and, after some time, setting the OPC bit in the ESR: INIT;...

  • Page 548: Status Reporting System

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics block overlapped execution of the command. Append the synchronization command to the overlapping command, for example: SINGle; *OPC? For time consuming overlapped commands, you can allow the controller or the instru- ment to do other useful work while waiting for command execution.

  • Page 549: Structure Of A Scpi Status Register

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics vides a rough overview of the instrument status, collecting the information of the lower-level registers. ● ESR, SCPI registers The STB receives its information from the following registers: – The Event Status Register (ESR) with the associated mask register standard Event Status Enable (ESE) –...
  • Page 550 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Figure 11-2: The status-register model Description of the five status register parts The five parts of a SCPI register have different properties and functions: ● CONDition The CONDition part is written into directly by the hardware or the sum bit of the next lower register.

  • Page 551: Contents Of The Status Register

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics read by the user. Reading the register clears it. This part is often equated with the entire register. ● ENABle The ENABle part determines whether the associated EVENt bit contributes to the sum bit (see below).
  • Page 552 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Figure 11-3: Overview of status registers in receiver mode Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE) The STatus Byte (STB) is already defined in IEEE 488.2. It provides a rough over- view of the instrument status by collecting the pieces of information of the lower regis- ters.
  • Page 553 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics The STB can thus be compared with the CONDition part of an SCPI register and assumes the highest level within the SCPI hierarchy. The STB is read using the command or a serial poll. *STB? The STatus Byte (STB) is linked to the Service Request Enable (SRE) register.
  • Page 554 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Event Status Register (ESR) and Event Status Enable Register (ESE) The Event Status Register (ESR) is the source for the registers on the highest levels and is similar to the EVENt part of a SCPI register. It is defined by IEEE 488.2. You can read out the ESR with *ESR?.
  • Page 555 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Table 11-8: Meaning of the bits used in the STATus:OPERation register Bit No. Meaning CALibrating This bit is set as long as the instrument is performing a calibration. 1 to 7 Not used HardCOPy in progress This bit is set while the instrument is printing a hardcopy.
  • Page 556 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Bit No. Meaning LMARgin (device-specific) This bit is set if a margin is violated (see "STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin Register" on page 554) Not used ACPLimit (device-specific) This bit is set if a limit for the adjacent channel power measurement is violated (see "STA- Tus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register"...
  • Page 557 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Table 11-11: Meaning of the bits used in the STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register Bit No. Meaning LIMit 1 FAIL This bit is set if limit line 1 is violated. LIMit 2 FAIL This bit is set if limit line 2 is violated. LIMit 3 FAIL This bit is set if limit line 3 is violated.
  • Page 558 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Bit No. Meaning LMARgin 7 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 7 is violated. LMARgin 8 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 8 is violated. 8 to 14 Not used This bit is always 0.
  • Page 559 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Table 11-14: Meaning of the bits used in the STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer register Bit No. Meaning Range 1 This bit is set if subrange 1 has been reached. Range 2 This bit is set if subrange 2 has been reached. Range 3 This bit is set if subrange 3 has been reached.
  • Page 560 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Figure 11-4: Overview of status registers in spectrum mode STATus:OPERation Register The STATus:OPERation register contains information on current activities of the R&S ESRP. It also contains information on activities that have been executed since the last read out.
  • Page 561 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Table 11-15: Meaning of the bits used in the STATus:OPERation register Bit No. Meaning CALibrating This bit is set as long as the instrument is performing a calibration. Not used SWEeping Sweep is being performed;...
  • Page 562 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Bit No. Meaning CALibration This bit is set if the R&S ESRP is unaligned ("UNCAL" display) LIMit (device-specific) This bit is set if a limit value is violated. STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register provides more information on the error type. LMARgin (device-specific) This bit is set if a margin is violated.

  • Page 563: Application Of The Status Reporting System

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Bit No. Meaning 7 to 14 Unused This bit is always 0. 11.1.6.4 Application of the Status Reporting System The purpose of the status reporting system is to monitor the status of one or several devices in a measuring system.
  • Page 564 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Parallel Poll In a parallel poll, up to eight instruments are simultaneously requested by the controller using a single command to transmit 1 bit of information each on the data lines, i.e., to set the data line allocated to each instrument to a logical "0"...

  • Page 565: Reset Values Of The Status Reporting System

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Example: The decimal value 40 = 32 + 8 indicates that bits no. 3 and 5 in the status register (e.g. the QUEStionable status summary bit and the ESB bit in the STatus Byte ) are set. Error Queue Each error state in the instrument leads to an entry in the error queue.

  • Page 566: General Programming Recommendations

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics Event Switching on supply DCL, *RST or STA- *CLS voltage SYS- Tus:PRE- Tem:PRE Power-On-Status- (Device Clear Clear, Selected Device Effect Clear) Clear command processing and input buffer 1) The first command in a command line that immediately follows a <PROGRAM MESSAGE TERMINA- TOR>...
  • Page 567 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control - Basics The R&S IECWIN32 tool is provided free of charge. The functionality may change in a future version without notice. IECWIN offers the following features: ● Connection to instrument via several interfaces/protocols (GPIB, VISA, named pipe (if IECWIN is run on the instrument itself), RSIB) ●...

  • Page 568: Controlling The R&S Esrp Remotely

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely The IECWIN offers an online help with extensive information on how to work with the tool. 11.2 Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely In addition to working with the R&S ESRP interactively, located directly at the instru- ment, it is also possible to operate and control it from a remote PC.

  • Page 569: Configuring The R&S Esrp For Remote Operation

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely 11.2.1.1 Configuring the R&S ESRP for Remote Operation To avoid problems, use a fixed IP address. When a DHCP server is used, a new IP address is assigned each time the instrument is restarted.

  • Page 570: Configuring The Controller

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely a) Select the "Select Users" button. b) Select the users or create new user accounts as described in Chapter 11.2.7.2, "Creating Users", on page 601. c) Select "OK" to confirm the settings. 6.
  • Page 571 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely 5. In the list, select the appropriate connection (for example: LAN (10 Mbps or higher)). Depending on your selection (and how powerful the connection is), the options are activated or deactivated. 6.

  • Page 572: Starting And Terminating Remote Operation

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely Windows will then map drives of the controller to the corresponding network drives. 9. To use printers connected to the controller while accessing them from the R&S ESRP, activate the "Printers" option. Do not change the remaining settings. 10.
  • Page 573 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely 7. After a few moments, the R&S ESRP screen is displayed. If a dark screen appears or a dark square appears in the upper left-hand corner of the screen, you must restart the R&S ESRP in order to see the modified screen resolution.

  • Page 574: Deactivating The R&S Esrp Via Remote Operation

    ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely ● On the R&S ESRP, a user logs on. The connection to the controller is terminated as a result. A message is dis- played on the controller display indicating that another user has assumed con- trol of the instrument.
  • Page 575 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely Using a web browser If you are using a web browser (for example Microsoft Internet Explorer), enter the IP address of the instrument and the port you are using for the connection into the address bar to establish a connection (for example "192.0.2.0:5800").
  • Page 576 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely Linking the Remote Control Library for Visual Basic Programming notes: ● Outputting text using the print function Using the print method, this example displays the value of the variable MyVar in the "Immediate"...
  • Page 577 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely Dim Rd as String Rd = Space$(100) ● Creating Wrapper Procedures for Writing and Reading Since the "VISA" functions require command and response strings and their corre- sponding length in two separate parameters, the main program code is easier to read and maintain if the read and write functions are encapsulated.
  • Page 578 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely Initialization and Default State At the start of each program, the global variables used by all subroutines must be cre- ated. The remote control and the instrument settings will then be changed to a defined default state.
  • Page 579 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely END SUB REM************************************************************************* Switching the Screen Display On and Off In the default setting, all remote control commands are carried out with the screen dis- play switched off in order to attain optimum measurement speed. During the develop- ment phase of remote control programs, however, the screen display is required in order to visually check both the programming of the settings and the measurement results.
  • Page 580 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely REM -------- Instrument setting commands ----------------------------------- PUBLIC SUB SimpleSettings() CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "FREQUENCY:CENTER 128MHz") 'Center frequency 128 MHz CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "FREQUENCY:SPAN 10MHZ") 'Set span to 10 MHz CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "DISPLAY:TRACE:Y:RLEVEL -10dBm") 'Set reference level to -10dBm END SUB REM ************************************************************************...
  • Page 581 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely Dim retCount as Long CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARKER ON;MARKER:MAX") 'Activate marker 1 and search for peak MKmark$ = SPACE$(30) 'Provide text variable (30 characters) CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "CALC:MARK:X?;Y?") 'Query frequency and level CALL InstrRead(analyzer, MKmark$, 30, retCount) 'Read value REM --------- Displaying values in the Immediate window -------------------...
  • Page 582 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely eventType, eventVi) CALL viClose(eventVi) 'Close the context before continuing CALL viDisableEvent(vi, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, VI_QUEUE) 'Disable subsequent events REM Resume main program here. END SUB REM ************************************************************************ Reading Output Buffers REM --------- Subroutine for the individual STB bits ----------------------- Public SUB Outputqueue() 'Reading the output queue Dim retCount as Long...
  • Page 583 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely Setting the Remote Control Status Registers REM ************************************************************************ Public Sub SetupStatusReg() '--------- IEEE 488.2 status register -------------------------------------- CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*CLS") 'Reset status registers CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*SRE 168") 'Enable Service Request for 'STAT:OPER-,STAT:QUES- and ESR-Register CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*ESE 61") 'Set event enable bit for: 'operation complete 'command-, execution-,...
  • Page 584 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely 'y meas. unit '--------- Trace and detector setting -------------------------------------- CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"DISP:TRAC1:MODE AVER") 'Trace1 average CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"AVER:TYPE VID") 'Average mode video; "LIN" for linear CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SWE:COUN 10") 'Sweep count CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"DISP:TRAC2 OFF") 'Trace2 blank CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"DISP:TRAC3 OFF") 'Trace3 blank...
  • Page 585 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely Carrier signal level -30 dBm AF frequency 100 kHz Modulation depth 50 % Marker 1 and then delta marker 2 are set to the largest maximum points on the trace. The frequency and level are then read.
  • Page 586 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely '--------- Peak search with search range limit in y direction -------------- CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:THR:STAT ON") CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:THR -35DBM") 'Activate threshold and set it above the AF CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:DELT3:STAT ON;MAX;MAX:NEXT") 'Activate delta marker 3, 'set to peak and then to next peak '=>...
  • Page 587 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely result$ = Space$(100) CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCount) Debug.Print "Marker Count Freq: ";result$ END SUB REM ************************************************************************* Working with a Fixed Reference Point The following example is based on a signal at 100 MHz with a level of -20 dBm. Thus, the harmonics of the signal are located at 200 MHz, 300 MHz, etc.
  • Page 588 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI") 'Perform sweep with sync CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:DELT:MAX;X:REL?;Y?") 'Read delta marker result$ = Space$(100) CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCount) 'Read frequency and level Debug.Print "Deltamarker 1: "; result$ END SUB REM *********************************************************************** Measuring Noise and Phase Noise When phase noise is measured, the noise power related to a bandwidth of 1 Hz is set...
  • Page 589 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:DELT:X 10kHz") 'Position delta marker CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:DELT:FUNC:PNO:RES?") 'Query and output phase noise result result$ = Space$(100) CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$, 100, retCount) Debug.Print "Phase Noise [dBc/Hz]: "; result$ '--------- Measuring the noise -------------------------------------------- CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:X 99.96MHz") 'Position marker 1 CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:NOIS:RES?")
  • Page 590 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely REM ************************************************************************ Public Sub ReadTrace() '--------- Creating variables ---------------------------------------------- Dim traceData(1400) As Single 'Buffer for floating point binary data Dim digits As Byte 'Number of characters in 'length specification Dim traceBytes As Integer 'Len.
  • Page 591 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"FREQ:SPAN 0Hz") 'Switch to zero span CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI") 'Perform sweep with sync '--------- Reading out in ASCII format ------------------------------------- CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"FORMAT ASCII") 'Set ASCII format CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"TRAC1? TRACE1") 'Read and output CALL InstrRead(analyzer, asciiResult$) Print "Contents of Trace1: ",asciiResult$ 'trace 1...
  • Page 592 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely REM ************************************************************************ Public Sub LoadSettings() 'This subroutine loads the TEST1 data record in the directory 'C:\R_S\Instr\user. '--------- Default setting of the status register -------------------------- CALL SetupStatusReg 'Configure status register '--------- Loading the data record ----------------------------------------- CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\TEST1'") '--------- Perform measurement using loaded data record -------------------- CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"DISP:TRAC1:MODE WRIT")
  • Page 593 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely It is assumed that the desired setting is a signal at 100 MHz with a power of -20 dBm. It is also assumed that the sixth printer out of the available printers that are listed is the one you want.
  • Page 594 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely 'Printers require printer language 'GDI' '----- Selection of orientation (portrait/landscape) and colour/BW --------- CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"HCOP:PAGE:ORI PORT") 'Portrait orientation CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"HCOP:DEV:COL OFF") 'Black-and-white printout '----- Configuring and starting the printout ------------------------------- CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"HCOP:ITEM:ALL") 'All screen contents 'CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"HCOP:ITEM:TRAC:STAT ON")
  • Page 595 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely END SUB REM *********************************************************************** 11.2.4 Configuring the GPIB Interface A GPIB interface is integrated on the rear panel of the instrument. You can set the GPIB address and the ID response string. The GPIB language is set as SCPI by default and cannot be changed for the R&S ESRP.
  • Page 596 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely See chapter "Remote Control". ● To access or control the measurement from a remote computer using the "Remote Desktop" application (or a similar tool) ● To connect external network devices (e.g. printers) ●...
  • Page 597 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely Risk of network failure Consult your network administrator before performing the following tasks: ● Connecting the instrument to the network ● Configuring the network ● Changing IP addresses ● Exchanging hardware Errors can affect the entire network.
  • Page 598 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely 3. Press the "Network Address" softkey. The submenu is displayed. 4. Toggle the "DHCP On/Off" softkey to the required mode. If DHCP is "Off", you must enter the IP address manually, as described in the fol- lowing steps.
  • Page 599 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely itself. Thus, when using a DHCP server, it is recommended that you use the per- manent computer name, which determines the address via the DNS server (See "Using a DNS server to determine the IP address" on page 596 and Chap- ter 11.2.5.3, "Using Computer...
  • Page 600 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely The items used by the LAN connection are displayed. 5. Tap the entry named "Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)" to highlight it. 6. Select the "Properties" button. 7. On the "General" tab, select "Use the following DNS server addresses" and enter your own DNS addresses.
  • Page 601 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely The default instrument name is a non-case-sensitive string with the following syntax: <Type><variant>-<serial_number> The serial number can be found on the rear panel of the instrument. It is the third part of the device ID printed on the bar code sticker: To change the computer name 1.
  • Page 602 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely The instrument home page displays the device information required by the LXI stan- dard including the VISA resource string in read-only format. The most important control elements in the navigation pane of the browser interface are the following: ●...
  • Page 603 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely Advanced LAN Configuration The "LAN Configuration > Advanced LAN Configuration" parameters are used as fol- lows: ● The "Negotiation" configuration field provides different Ethernet speed and duplex mode settings. In general, the "Auto Detect" mode is sufficient. ●...
  • Page 604 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely Connection to networks Before connecting the instrument to the network or configuring the network, consult your network administrator, particularly for large LAN installations. Errors may affect the entire network. Never connect your analyzer to a network unprotected against virus infection because this may cause damage to the instrument software.
  • Page 605 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely 4. In the "Microsoft account" dialog box, enter the new user name and password. 5. Select "OK". 6. Select "Finish". The new user is created. 11.2.7.3 Changing the User Password After the new user has been created on the instrument, the password must be adapted to the network password.
  • Page 606 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Controlling the R&S ESRP Remotely 5. Press the "Drive" list to open the network drive list and select the drive you want to map. Alternatively: ● Press the "Map Network Drive" softkey to set the focus on the "Drive" list. ●...
  • Page 607 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Selecting the Operating Mode 11.2.7.5 Sharing Directories (only with Microsoft Networks) Sharing directories makes data available for other users. This is only possible in Micro- soft networks. Sharing is a property of a file or directory. 1.
  • Page 608 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode INSTrument:DELete <ChannelName> This command deletes a spectrum display. Also see ● on page 604 INSTrument:CREate[:NEW] ● Remote program example: Chapter 11.17.16, "Usage of Four Spectrum Instances", on page 1005 Parameters: <ChannelName>...
  • Page 609 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode 11.4.1 Measurements and Result Displays ● Display Configuration.................... 606 ● Bargraph Control....................606 ● Scan Control......................608 ● Final Measurements and Automated Test Sequence Control.......610 ● Trace Data and Result Query................612 ●...
  • Page 610 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode DISPlay:BARGraph:LEVel:LOWer? This command queries the minimum level of the bargraph. Example: :DISP:BARG:LEV:LOW? Usage: Query only DISPlay:BARGraph:LEVel:UPPer? This command queries the maximum level of the bargraph. Example: :DISP:BARG:LEV:UPP? Usage: Query only DISPlay:BARGraph:PHOLd[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 611 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode [SENSe:]DETector:RECeiver[:FUNCtion] <Detector>, [<Detector>, <Detector>] This command selects the detector for the bargraph measurement. Parameters: <Detector>, You can select up to three detectors, one for each active bar- [<Detector>, graph. <Detector>] AVERage Selects the Average detector.
  • Page 612 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode ABORt This command stops a measurement and resets the trigger system. Example: ABOR;INIT:IMM Aborts the measurement and restarts it. Usage: SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Stop Scan" on page 135 "Stop Final Measurement" on page 138 "Meas Start/Stop"...
  • Page 613 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode The measurement starts immediately. Parameters: <State> Continuous measurements. Single measurements. Example: INIT2:CONT OFF Turns on a single measurement. Manual operation: "Continuous Bargraph / Single Bargraph" on page 133 "Run Continuous / Run Single" on page 161 "Continuous Sweep"...
  • Page 614 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode INITiate<n>:EMITest This command initiates an automated test sequence. The sequence consists of a scan, a peak search and a final measurement. Example: INIT2:EMIT Starts the test sequence. Usage: Event INITiate<n>:FMEasurement This command initiates a final measurement based on the peak list.
  • Page 615 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode [SENSe:]FMEasurement:AUTO <State> This command turns automatic final measurements on and off. Parameters: <State> Turns on automatic final measurement. Turns on interactive final measurement. *RST: Example: FME:AUTO ON Manual operation: "Automatic Final" on page 137 "Interactive Final"...
  • Page 616 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Querying bargraph results The SCPI parameters SINGLE and PHOLD return the results of the bargraph measure- ment. SINGLE returns the current bargraph results for each active bargraph detector. The order of detectors is as shown in the user interface: maximum peak, minimum peak, quasipeak, average, RMS.
  • Page 617 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode ● n*4 byte, measurement results for trace 4; only if trace 4 is active ● n*4 byte, measurement results for trace 5; only if trace 5 is active ● n*4 byte, measurement results for trace 6; only if trace 6 is active ●...
  • Page 618 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Note that the SCAN parameter only works while the scan is actually running. Example: TRAC? STATUS Querying spectrogram data The SCPI parameter SGRam returns the contents of the spectrogram. For every frame (horizontal line) in the spectrogram, the command returns the power levels that have been measured, one for each sweep or measurement point.
  • Page 619 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode SINGLE "Querying bargraph results" on page 613. STATUS "Querying scan characteristics" on page 613. Return values: <TraceData> For more information see tables below. Example: TRAC? TRACE1 Queries the level for each trace point of trace 1. TRACe<n>:IF[:DATA] <ResultType>...
  • Page 620 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode [SENSe:]DEMod:SQUelch:LEVel <Threshold> This command defines the threshold for selective demodulation. Squelching must be active for this command to work (see [SENSe:]DEMod:SQUelch[:STATe]). All signals below the threshold are not demodulated. This command in only available if the R&S FSV-B3 option (Audio Demodulation) is installed.
  • Page 621 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Configuring Spectrograms ...............618 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:CLEar[:IMMediate] ............... 618 DISPlay:WINDow:SGRam:COLor:DEFault ................. 618 DISPlay:WINDow:SGRam:COLor:LOWer ................ 619 DISPlay:WINDow:SGRam:COLor:SHAPe ................619 DISPlay:WINDow:SGRam:COLor:UPPer ............... 619 DISPlay:WINDow:SGRam:COLor[:STYLe] ..................620 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:HDEPth .....................620 CALCulate:SGRam:TRACe ................620 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:TSTamp:DATA? ..................... 621 MMEMory:STORe:SGRam CALCulate<n>:SGRam:CLEar[:IMMediate] This command resets the Spectrogram result display and clears the history buffer. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 622 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode DISPlay:WINDow:SGRam:COLor:SHAPe <Shape> This command defines the shape and focus of the color curve for the spectrogram result display. Parameters: <Shape> Shape of the color curve. Range: -1 to 1 *RST: DISPlay:WINDow:SGRam:COLor:UPPer <Percentage>...
  • Page 623 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode CALCulate<n>:SGRam:HDEPth <HistoryDepth> This command sets the number of frames to be stored in the R&S ESRP's memory. Suffix: <n> 1...4 Selects the measurement window. Parameters: <HistoryDepth> The maximum number of frames depends on the number of sweep points.
  • Page 624 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode The first value is the date of the measurement in seconds that have passed since 01.01.1970 in seconds. For a better resolu- tion the second value shows the additional milliseconds. This value is also displayed on screen.
  • Page 625 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Command exclusive to position markers in the spectrogram: ..............622 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:FRAMe ..............622 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:SARea ..........623 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK] ..........623 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:XY:MINimum[:PEAK] ..........624 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe ..........624 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:BELow ...........625 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:NEXT ..........625 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK] ..........625 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:ABOVe ..........626 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:BELow ............626 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:NEXT...
  • Page 626 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode <m> 1...16 Selects the marker. Parameters: <SearchArea> VISible Performs a search in the visible frames. Note that VISible is ignored if Spectrogram is not visible for any reason (e.g. if the Spectrum Analyzer is in full screen mode or display update is inactive).
  • Page 627 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode <m> 1...16 Selects the marker. Example: CALC:MARK3:SGR:SAR VIS CALC:MARK3:SGR:XY:MIN Activates and positions marker 3 on the minimum level in the visible Spectrogram. Usage: Event CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe This command positions the specified marker on the next peak level of the vertical axis.
  • Page 628 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:NEXT This command positions the specified marker on the next peak level of the vertical axis. The search includes frames above and below the current marker position. It does not change the horizontal position of the marker. The command is available for the spectrogram.
  • Page 629 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode <m> 1...16 Selects the marker. Example: CALC:MARK2:SGR:Y:MIN Activates and positions marker 2 on the minimum level of the y- axis. CALC:MARK2:SGR:Y:MIN:ABOV Positions marker 2 on the next minimum level found in the dia- gram area above the current marker position.
  • Page 630 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Example: CALC:MARK2:SGR:Y:MIN Activates and positions marker 2 on the minimum level of the y- axis. CALC:MARK2:SGR:Y:MIN:NEXT Positions marker 2 on the next minimum level. Usage: Event CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum[:PEAK] This command positions the specified marker on the current minimum level of the verti- cal axis.
  • Page 631 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode ..........631 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK] .......... 632 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:ABOVe ...........632 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:BELow ..........632 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:NEXT ...........633 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum[:PEAK] CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:FRAMe <Frame> | <Time> This command positions the delta marker on a particular frame. The frame is relative to the position of marker 1.
  • Page 632 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode <m> 1...16 Selects the marker. Parameters: <SearchArea> VISible Performs a search in the visible frames. Note that VISible is ignored if Spectrogram is not visible for any reason (e.g. if the Spectrum Analyzer is in full screen mode or display update is inactive).
  • Page 633 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode <m> 1...16 Selects the marker. Example: CALC:DELT3:SGR:SAR VIS CALC:DELT3:SGR:XY:MIN Activates and positions delta marker 3 on the minimum level in the visible Spectrogram. Usage: Event CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe This command positions the specified delta marker on the next peak level of the verti- cal axis.
  • Page 634 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Example: CALC:DELT2:SGR:Y:MAX Activates and positions delta marker 2 on the peak level of the y- axis. CALC:DELT2:SGR:Y:MAX:BEL Positions delta marker 2 on the next higher level found in the diagram area below the current marker position. Usage: Event CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:NEXT...
  • Page 635 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:ABOVe This command positions the specified delta marker on the next minimum level of the vertical axis. The search includes only frames above the current marker position. It does not change the horizontal position of the delta marker. The command is available for the spectrogram.
  • Page 636 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode The command is available for the spectrogram. Suffix: <n> 1...4 Selects the measurement window. <m> 1...16 Selects the marker. Example: CALC:DELT2:SGR:Y:MIN Activates and positions delta marker 2 on the minimum level of the y-axis.
  • Page 637 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:X:SPACing <Scale> This command selects the scale of the frequency axis. Parameters: <Scale> LINear Linear scale of the frequency axis. LOGarithmic Logarithmic scale of the frequency axis. *RST: LOGarithmic Example: DISP:TRAC:X:SPAC LIN Selects linear scale for the frequency axis.
  • Page 638 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode [SENSe:]FREQuency:MODE <Mode> This command selects the scan mode. Parameters: <Mode> SCAN Selects the stepped scans in the frequency domain. In the frequency domain, define the frequency with: • on page 635 [SENSe:]FREQuency:STARt •...
  • Page 639 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode 11.4.3 Configuring the Vertical Axis ................... 636 CALCulate<n>:UNIT:POWer ............636 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:BOTTom ..............636 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y:SPACing ......................637 INPut:ATTenuation ....................637 INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO ................638 INPut:ATTenuation:PROTection[:STATe] ......................638 INPut:GAIN:AUTO ......................638 INPut:GAIN:STATe ......................638 INPut:IMPedance CALCulate<n>:UNIT:POWer <Unit> This command selects the unit for the y-axis.
  • Page 640 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode <t> irrelevant Parameters: <ScalingType> LOGarithmic Logarithmic scaling. LINear Linear scaling in %. Linear scaling in dB. *RST: LOGarithmic Example: DISP:TRAC:Y:SPAC LIN Select a linear scale. Manual operation: "Range Log 100 dB" on page 288 "Range Log 50 dB"...
  • Page 641 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Example: INP:ATT:AUTO ON Turns the auto ranging function on. Manual operation: "Auto Range (On Off)" on page 158 INPut:ATTenuation:PROTection[:STATe] <State> This command turns the availability of attenuation levels of 10 dB or less on and off. Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 642 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Parameters: <Impedance> 50 | 75 *RST: 50 Ω Example: INP:IMP 75 Manual operation: "Input 50 Ω/75 Ω " on page 160 11.4.4 Selecting the Bandwidth ....................639 [SENSe:]BANDwidth:IF ............... 639 [SENSe:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] ..............640 [SENSe:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO ..............
  • Page 643 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode [SENSe:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO <State> This command couples or decouples the resolution bandwidth to the selected fre- quency. The resolution bandwidth is coupled to the frequency only if you have selected the Quasipeak, CISPR Average or CISPR RMS detector. For more information see Chapter 5.2.1, "Measurement Bandwidth",...
  • Page 644 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Manual operation: "Filter Type" on page 160 "Filter Type" on page 276 "Res BW CISPR / CISPR (6 dB)" on page 277 "Res BW Mil Std/ MIL Std (6 dB)" on page 277 11.4.5 Controlling Inputs and Outputs ......................641...
  • Page 645 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode 11.4.6.1 General Scan Configuration ....................642 [SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt ..................642 [SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt:CURRent ..................642 TRACe<n>:FEED:CONTrol<t> ......................643 TRACe<n>:POINts [SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt <SweepCount> This command defines the number of scans performed during a single sweep. Parameters: <SweepCount> Range: 0 to 32767 *RST: Example:...
  • Page 646 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode <t> Selects a trace. Parameters: <Occasion> ALWays Block data transmission is on. NEVer Block data transmission is off. *RST: NEVer Example: TRAC:FEED:CONT ALW Switches to single sweep mode. TRACe<n>:POINts LIMit, <Points> This command defines the maximum number of measurement pointsthat are transfer- red in one block after using TRAC? SCAN.
  • Page 647 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Parameters: <Bandwidth> Range: 10 Hz to 10 MHz *RST: 9 kHz Example: SCAN4:BAND:RES 1MHz Defines a measurement bandwidth of 1 MHz for the 4th scan range. [SENSe:]SCAN<range>:INPut:ATTenuation <Attenuation> This command defines the attenuation level for a particular scan range. Suffix: <range>...
  • Page 648 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode [SENSe:]SCAN<range>:INPut:GAIN[:STATE] <State> This command turns the preamplifier in a particular scan range on and off. Suffix: <range> 1...10 Selects the scan range. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: SCAN4:INP:GAIN:STAT ON Turns on the preamplifier for the 4th scan range.
  • Page 649 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Suffix: <range> 1...10 Selects the scan range. Parameters: <Frequency> Range: fmin to fmax *RST: 150 kHz Example: SCAN4:STAR 30MHz Defines a start frequency of 30 MHz for the 4th scan range. [SENSe:]SCAN<range>:STEP <Frequency>...
  • Page 650 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Parameters: <Time> Range: 10 µs to 100 s *RST: 1 ms Example: SCAN4:TIME 1 ms Defines a measurement time of 1 ms for the 4th scan range. [[SENSe:]SWEep:SPACing <Spacing> This command selects the frequency step mode. Note that the command has no effect on the scale and display of the frequency axis.
  • Page 651 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Parameters: <Excursion> The peak excursion is the distance to a trace maximum that must be attained before a new maximum is recognized, or the distance to a trace minimum that must be attained before a new minimum is recognized *RST: 6 dB...
  • Page 652 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <Margin> Range: -200 dB to 200 dB *RST: 6 dB Example: CALC:PEAK:MARG 5 dB Manual operation: "Margin" on page 169 "Margin" on page 240 "Margin" on page 269 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:METHod <Method>...
  • Page 653 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Example: CALC:PEAK:METH SUBR CALC:PEAK:SUBR 25 Selects a subrange search and defines 25 subranges. Manual operation: "No Of Peaks" on page 168 "No of Subranges / Peaks per Subrange" on page 168 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:SUBRanges:PCOunt <Peaks>...
  • Page 654 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Manual operation: "Symbols (On Off)" on page 171 MMEMory:STORe:FINal <FileName> This command exports the contents of the final measurement peak list to a file in ASCII format. Parameters: <FileName> String containg the file name. The extension of the file is *.dat. Example: :MMEM:STOR:FIN 'A:\TEST.DAT' Usage:...
  • Page 655 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Manual operation: "Trace 1 to 6" on page 172 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:MODE <Mode> This command defines the type of display and the evaluation of the traces. WRITE cor- responds to the Clr/Write mode of manual operation. The trace is switched off (= BLANK in manual operation) with DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>[:STATe].
  • Page 656 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Manual operation: "Clear Write" on page 147 "Max Hold" on page 147 "Min Hold" on page 148 "View" on page 148 "Trace 1 to 6" on page 172 "Trace 1 - 6" on page 175 "Average"...
  • Page 657 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode [SENSe:]FMEasurement:LISN[:TYPE] <Type> This command turns automatic control of the network used for the final measurement on and off. It also selects the type of network in use. Parameters: <Type> ENV216 R&S ENV 216: two phases and highpass are controllable.
  • Page 658 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode INPut:LISN:PHASe <Phase>, [<Phase>] This command selects the phase of the network used for the premeasurement. Parameters: <Phase> Available for networks with four phases (R&S ESH2Z5, R&S ENV4200 and R&S ENV432) Available for networks with four phases (R&S ESH2Z5, R&S ENV4200 and R&S ENV432) *RST:...
  • Page 659 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Manual operation: "LISN Type" on page 173 11.4.7 Working with Markers ● Configuring Marker Functionality................656 ● Using Markers....................... 659 ● Using Delta Markers....................665 11.4.7.1 Configuring Marker Functionality ..............656 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUPled[:STATe] ..............
  • Page 660 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:CSTep This command matches the frequency step size to the current marker frequency. The command turns delta markers into normal markers. Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> Selects the marker. Example: CALC:MARK3:FUNC:CST Sets the center frequency to the same value as the frequency of...
  • Page 661 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits:LEFT <Limit> This command sets the left limit of the marker search range. If the power measurement in zero span is active, this command limits the evaluation range to the trace. Note: The function is only available if the search limit for marker and delta marker is switched on (see CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits[:STATe]).
  • Page 662 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Example: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON Switches the search limit function on. CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH 20MHz Sets the right limit of the search range to 20 MHz. Manual operation: "Right Limit" on page 182 "Right Limit" on page 273 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X:SLIMits[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 663 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode ..............662 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MINimum[:PEAK] ..............663 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MINimum:RIGHt ................663 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>[:STATe] ................664 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:TRACe ..................664 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:X ..................664 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:Y CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:AOFF This command all markers off, including delta markers and marker measurement func- tions. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 664 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> Selects the marker. Example: CALC:MARK2:MAX:NEXT Positions marker 2 to the next lower maximum value. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Next Peak" on page 181 "Next Mode"...
  • Page 665 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MINimum:LEFT This command positions a marker to the next higher trace minimum on the left of the current value (i.e. in descending X direction). If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent values <...
  • Page 666 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode <m> depends on mode Selects the marker. Example: CALC:MARK2:MIN Positions marker 2 to the minimum value of the trace. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Min" on page 181 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MINimum:RIGHt This command positions a marker to the next higher trace minimum on the right of the current value (i.e.
  • Page 667 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:TRACe <Trace> This command selects the trace a marker is positioned on. The corresponding trace must have a trace mode other than "Blank". If necessary, the corresponding marker is switched on prior to the assignment. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 668 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweeps.
  • Page 669 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode ................. 670 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X ..............671 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X:RELative? ................. 671 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:Y CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:AOFF This command turns all active delta markers off. Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> Selects the marker. Example: CALC:DELT:AOFF Switches off all delta markers.
  • Page 670 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Manual operation: "Next Mode" on page 181 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:NEXT This command positions the delta marker to the next smaller trace maximum. The cor- responding delta marker is activated first, if necessary. If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent values <...
  • Page 671 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Manual operation: "Next Mode" on page 181 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MINimum:LEFT This command positions the delta marker to the next higher trace minimum on the left of the current value (i.e. descending X values). The corresponding delta marker is acti- vated first, if necessary.
  • Page 672 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Manual operation: "Min" on page 181 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MINimum:RIGHt This command positions the delta marker to the next higher trace minimum on the right of the current value (i.e. ascending X values). The corresponding delta marker is acti- vated first, if necessary.
  • Page 673 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:DELT1 ON Switches marker 1 to delta marker mode. Manual operation: "Marker 1 / Marker 2 / Marker 3 / … Marker 16,/ Marker Norm/Delta"...
  • Page 674 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Manual operation: "Marker 1 / Marker 2 / Marker 3 / … Marker 16,/ Marker Norm/Delta" on page 177 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X:RELative? This command queries the x-value of the selected delta marker relative to marker 1 or to the reference position (for CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:STAT ON).
  • Page 675 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end. CALC:DELT2 ON Switches on delta marker 2. CALC:DELT2:Y? Outputs measurement value of delta marker 2. Manual operation: "Marker 1 / Marker 2 / Marker 3 / …...
  • Page 676 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:DLIN2:STAT OFF Manual operation: "Display Line 1 / Display Line 2" on page 188 11.4.8.2 Using Frequency Lines ....................673 CALCulate<n>:FLINe<k> ..................673 CALCulate<n>:FLINe<k>:STATe ....................673 CALCulate:TFLine:STATe CALCulate<n>:FLINe<k>...
  • Page 677 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Parameters: <State> ON | OFF Example: CALC:TFL:STAT ON Turns on the frequency line. Manual operation: "Tuned Frequency (On Off)" on page 189 11.4.8.3 Using Limit Lines ● Managing Limit Lines.................... 674 ●...
  • Page 678 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Example: CALC:LIM5:COMM 'Upper limit for spectrum' Defines the comment for limit line 5. Manual operation: "Edit Comment" on page 186 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:COPY <Line> This command copies a limit line. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <k>...
  • Page 679 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Parameters: <Name> String containing the limit line name. *RST: REM1 to REM8 for lines 1 to 8 Example: CALC:LIM1:NAME 'FM1' Assigns the name FM1 to limit line 1. CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:TRACe <TraceNumber> This command links a limit line to one or more traces.
  • Page 680 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Configuring Limit Lines ................. 677 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:CONTrol[:DATA] ............... 678 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:CONTrol:DOMain ................678 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:CONTrol:MODE ................678 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:CONTrol:OFFSet ................679 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:CONTrol:SHIFt ..............679 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:CONTrol:SPACing ................679 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:LOWer[:DATA] ................. 680 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:LOWer:MARGin ................680 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:LOWer:MODE ................681 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:LOWer:OFFSet ................
  • Page 681 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Manual operation: "Edit Value" on page 187 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:CONTrol:DOMain <SpanSetting> This command selects the domain of the limit line. Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <k> 1...8 Selects the limit line. Parameters: <SpanSetting>...
  • Page 682 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Parameters: <Offset> Numeric value that defines the offset. The unit of the offset depends on the scale of the x-axis. *RST: Example: CALC:LIM2:CONT:OFFS 100us Sets the X offset for limit line 2 (defined in zero span) to 100µs. Manual operation: "X Offset"...
  • Page 683 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode <k> 1...8 Selects the limit line. Parameters: <LimitLinePoints> Variable number of x-axis values. Note that the number of horizontal values has to be the same as the number of vertical values set with CALCulate<n>: LIMit<k>:CONTrol[:DATA].
  • Page 684 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode RELative Limit line is defined by values relative to the reference level (dB). *RST: ABSolute Example: CALC:LIM:LOW:MODE REL Defines the y-axis of limit line 2 as relative scaled. Manual operation: "Edit Name"...
  • Page 685 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Suffix: <n> irrelevant <k> 1...8 Selects the limit line. Parameters: <InterpolType> LINear | LOGarithmic *RST: Example: CALC:LIM:LOW:SPAC LIN CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:LOWer:STATe <State> This command turns a lower limit line on and off. Before you can use this command, you have to select a limit line with CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:NAME.
  • Page 686 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:UPPer[:DATA] <LimitLinePoints> This command defines the vertical definition points of an upper limit line. If the measured values exceed the UPPer limit line, the limit is violated. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <k>...
  • Page 687 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode <k> 1...8 Selects the limit line. Parameters: <Mode> ABSolute Limit line is defined by absolute physical values. The unit is vari- able. RELative Limit line is defined by values relative to the reference level (dB). *RST: ABSolute Example:...
  • Page 688 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode Example: CALC:LIM3:UPP:SHIF 20 Shifts all Y values of limit line 3 by 20 limit line units, e.g. dB. Usage: Event CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:UPPer:SPACing <InterpolType> This command selects linear or logarithmic interpolation for the upper limit line. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 689 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Receiver Mode <k> 1...8 Selects the limit line. Parameters: <Threshold> Numeric value that defines the threshold. The unit depends on CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:UNIT. *RST: -200 dBm Example: CALC:LIM2:UPP:THR -35DBM Defines an absolute threshold value for limit line 2. Checking Limits ..............686 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:CLEar[:IMMediate]...
  • Page 690 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: INIT;*WAI Starts a new sweep and waits for its end. CALC:LIM3:FAIL? Queries the result of the check for limit line 3. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Limit Check 1-4" on page 237 "Limit Check 1-4"...
  • Page 691 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ● Measuring the Third Order Intercept Point............758 ● Measuring Statistics....................759 ● Measuring in the Time Domain................767 ● Measuring the Pulse Power.................. 779 ● Performing List Evaluations.................. 783 ●...
  • Page 692 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CPOWer Channel power measurement with a single carrier signal (equiv- alent to adjacent-channel power measurement with "NO. OF ADJ CHAN" = 0) MCACpower Channel/adjacent-channel power measurement with several car- rier signals OBANdwidth | OBWidth Measurement of occupied bandwidth...
  • Page 693 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ACPower Adjacent-channel power measurement Results are output in the following sequence, separated by com- mas: Power of transmission channel Power of lower adjacent channel Power of upper adjacent channel Power of lower alternate channel 1 Power of upper alternate channel 1 Power of lower alternate channel 2...
  • Page 694 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode MCACpower Channel/adjacent-channel power measurement with several car- rier signals Results are output in the following sequence, separated by com- mas: Power of carrier signal 1 to 18s in ascending order Total power of all carrier signals Power of lower adjacent channel Power of upper adjacent channel...
  • Page 695 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer[:STATe] <State> This command switches off the power measurement in the window specified by the suffix <n>. Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> Selects the marker. Parameters: <State> Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW OFF Switches off the power measurement.
  • Page 696 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]POWer:TRACe <TraceNumber> This command assigns the channel/adjacent channel power measurement to the indi- cated trace. The corresponding trace must be active, i.e. its state must be different from blank. Note:The measurement of the occupied bandwidth (OBW) is performed on the trace on which marker 1 is positioned.
  • Page 697 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel This command adapts the reference level to the measured channel power and – if required – switches on previously the adjacent channel power measurement. This ensures that the signal path of the instrument is not overloaded. Since the measure- ment bandwidth is significantly smaller than the signal bandwidth in channel power measurements, the signal path can be overloaded although the trace is still signifi- cantly below the reference level.
  • Page 698 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "List Evaluation (On/Off)" on page 240 "List Evaluation (On/Off)" on page 269 Table 11-20: Return values for TRACE1 to TRACE6 parameter The trace data consists of a list of power levels that have been measured. The number of power levels in the list depends on the currently selected number of sweep points.
  • Page 699 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer:PRESet <Standard> | <UserStandard> This command selects the power measurement setting for a standard and switches on the corresponding measurement, if required. The configuration for a standard comprises of the parameters weighting filter, channel bandwidth and spacing, resolution and video bandwidth, as well as detector and sweep time.
  • Page 700 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "CP/ACLR Standard" on page 212 "Load" on page 221 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer:STANdard:CATalog? This command queries all available standards, including user standards. The numeric suffix at MARKer is irrelevant. Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:STAN:CAT? Queries the available standards.
  • Page 701 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ............. 700 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:NAME:CHANnel<channel> ............. 700 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing[:ACHannel] ..........701 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<channel> ..........701 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:CHANnel<channel> ..............701 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:TXCHannel:COUNt [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs <ChannelPairs> This command sets the number of adjacent channels (upper and lower channel in pairs).The figure 0 stands for pure channel power measurement.
  • Page 702 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode With [SENSe<source>:]POWer:HSPeed set to ON, steep-edged channel filters are available. For further information on filters refer to Chapter 6.2.6.4, "List of Available RRC and Channel Filters", on page 338 . Suffix: <channel>...
  • Page 703 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:NAME:ALTernate<channel> <Name> This command defines a name for the specified alternate channel. The name is dis- played in the result diagram and the result table. Suffix: <channel> 1...11 the alternate channel Parameters: <Name>...
  • Page 704 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<channel> <Spacing> This command defines the spacing between the alternate adjacent channels and the TX channel (ALT1, ALT2, ...). A modification of a higher adjacent-channel spacing cau- ses a change by the same factor (new spacing value/old spacing value) in all higher adjacent-channel spacings, while the lower adjacent-channel spacings remain unchanged.
  • Page 705 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "# of TX Chan" on page 213 Defining Weighting Filters The following commands define weighting filters for ACLR measurements............702 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:ACHannel ............... 702 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa[:ALL] ......... 702 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:ALTernate<channel>...
  • Page 706 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "Weighting Filter" on page 216 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:CHANnel<channel> <Alpha> This command defines the roll-off factor for the weighting filter of the specified TX channel. Suffix: <channel> 1...11 the TX channel Parameters: <Alpha>...
  • Page 707 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <channel> 1...18 the TX channel Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: POW:ACH:FILT:CHA3 ON Activates the weighting filter for TX channel 3. Manual operation: "Weighting Filter" on page 216 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:ALL <State>...
  • Page 708 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode The command is available only for multicarrier channel and adjacent-channel power measurements with span > 0 ( CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer: on page 688). SELect Parameters: <Channel> MINimum | MAXimum | LHIGhest MINimum Transmission channel with the lowest power MAXimum...
  • Page 709 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ......711 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower:ALTernate<Channel>[:RELative]:STATe ........712 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower:ALTernate<Channel>:RESult? ............... 713 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower[:STATe] CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute <LowerLimit>, <UpperLimit> This command defines the absolute limit value for the lower/upper adjacent channel during adjacent-channel power measurement (Adjacent Channel Power). Note that the absolute limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as it is below the relative limit value defined with CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower:...
  • Page 710 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30DB, 30DB Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power. CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS -35DBM, -35DBM Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to -35 dBm.
  • Page 711 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]:STATe <State> This command activates the limit check for the relative limit value of the adjacent chan- nel when adjacent-channel power measurement is performed. Before this command, the limit check must be activated using CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower[: STATe].
  • Page 712 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Return values: Result The result is returned in the form <result>, <result> where <result> = PASSED | FAILED, and where the first returned value denotes the lower, the second denotes the upper adjacent chan- nel.
  • Page 713 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower:ALTernate<Channel>:ABSolute:STATe <State> This command activates the limit check for the alternate adjacent channels for adja- cent-channel power measurement (Adjacent Channel Power). Before the command, the limit check must be globally switched on for the channel/ adjacent-channel power with the CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower[:STATe] command.
  • Page 714 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ACPower:ALTernate<channel>[:RELative] <LowerLimit>, <UpperLimit> This command defines the limit for the alternate adjacent channels for adjacent chan- nel power measurements. The reference value for the relative limit value is the mea- sured channel power.
  • Page 715 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2 30DB, 30DB Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power.
  • Page 716 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2 30DB, 30DB Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power. CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS -35DBM, -35DBM Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to -35 dBm.
  • Page 717 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ..........714 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:PHZ .................. 714 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE ....................715 [SENSe:]POWer:HSPeed ..................715 [SENSe:]POWer:NCORrection CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:PHZ <State> This command switches the query response of the power measurement results between output of absolute values and output referred to the measurement bandwith. The measurement results are output with the CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>: command.
  • Page 718 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: POW:ACH:MODE REL Sets the adjacent channel measurement mode to relative. Manual operation: "ACLR (Abs/Rel)" on page 219 [SENSe:]POWer:HSPeed <State> This command switches on or off the high-speed channel/adjacent channel power measurement.
  • Page 719 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Predefined CP/ACLR Standards Parameter Standard W-CDMA 3GPP FWD W-CDMA 3.84 MHz forward W-CDMA 3GPP REV W-CDMA 3.84 MHz reverse CDMA IS95A FWD CDMA IS95A forward CDMA IS95A REV CDMA IS95A reverse CDMA IS95C Class 0 FWD CDMA IS95C Class 0 forward CDMA IS95C Class 0 REV...
  • Page 720 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ● [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:CHANnel<channel>] on page 699 ● on page 693 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet ● on page 694 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel ● on page 694 TRACe<n>:DATA ................717 [SENSe:]POWer:BANDwidth|BWIDth [SENSe:]POWer:BANDwidth|BWIDth <Percentage> This command defines the percentage of the power with respect to the total power. This value is the basis for the occupied bandwidth measurement (see [SENSe: on page 693).
  • Page 721 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode MMEMory:STORe<n>:SPURious <FileName> This command exports the marker peak list available for spurious emission measure- ments to a file. Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <FileName> String containing the path and name of the target file. Example: MMEM:STOR:SPUR 'test' Saves the current marker peak list in the file test.dat.
  • Page 722 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: LIST:RANG2:BAND:RES 5000 Sets the RBW for range 2 to 5 kHz. Manual operation: "RBW" on page 266 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<range>:BANDwidth:VIDeo This command sets the VBW value for the specified range. Suffix: <range>...
  • Page 723 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: LIST:RANG:COUNt? Returns the number of defined ranges. [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<range>:DELete This command deletes the specified range. The range numbers are updated accord- ingly. The reference range cannot be deleted. A minimum of three ranges is manda- tory.
  • Page 724 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <range> 1...20 range Parameters: <Type> NORMal Gaussian filters CFILter channel filters RRC filters 5 Pole filters *RST: NORM The available bandwidths of the filters are specified in the data sheet.
  • Page 725 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <range> 1...20 range Parameters: <Frequency> see rules in chapter 4, "Ranges and settings" *RST: -2.52 MHz (range 1), 2.52 MHz (range 2), 250.0 MHz (range 3) Example: LIST:RANG3:STOP 10000000 Sets the stop frequency for range 2 to 10 MHz.
  • Page 726 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <range> 1...20 range Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: LIST:RANG3:INP:GAIN:STATe ON Switches the preamplifier for range 3 on or off. Manual operation: "Preamp" on page 266 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<range>:LIMit:STARt <Limit> This command sets an absolute limit value at the start frequency of the specified range.
  • Page 727 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<range>:LIMit:STOP <Limit> This command sets an absolute limit value at the stop frequency of the specified range. Different from manual operation, this setting is independent of the defined limit check type.
  • Page 728 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe<range>:SWEep:TIME This command sets the sweep time for the specified range. Suffix: <range> 1...20 range Parameters: <SweepTime> Allowed values depend on the ratio of span to RBW and RBW to VBW.
  • Page 729 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "Transd. Factor" on page 267 Configuring List Evaluation The following commands configure the list evaluation. ● on page 648 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:MARGin ● on page 745 MMEMory:STORe<n>:LIST ............726 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch[:IMMediate] ..............
  • Page 730 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:ESP:PSE:PSH ON Marks all peaks with blue squares. Manual operation: "Show Peaks" on page 269 CALCulate<n>:PEAKsearch|PSEarch:SUBRanges <NumberPeaks> This command sets the number of peaks per range that are stored in the list. Once the selected number of peaks has been reached, the peak search is stopped in the current range and continued in the next range.
  • Page 731 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ..............728 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ESPectrum:RESTore .................728 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:PRESet[:STANdard] ................728 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:PRESet:RESTore ................728 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:PRESet:STORe CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ESPectrum:RESTore This command restores the predefined limit lines for the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement. All modifications made to the predefined limit lines are lost and the fac- tory-set values are restored.
  • Page 732 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <FileName> Example: ESP:PRES:STOR 'WCDMA\3GPP\DL\PowerClass_31_39.xml' Stores the settins in the PowerClass_31_39.xml file in the C: \R_S\instr\sem_std\WCDMA\3GPP\DL directory. Manual operation: "Save As Standard" on page 243 Controlling the Measurement The following commands control the measurement itself....................
  • Page 733 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Managing a Sweep List The following commands define a sweep list for SEM measurements..................730 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:HighSPeed .......... 731 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:BANDwidth[:RESolution] ........... 731 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:BANDwidth:VIDeo ..............732 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:COUNt ..............732 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:DELete ............732 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:FILTer:TYPE ..........733 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>[:FREQuency]:STARt...
  • Page 734 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ● Rf Attenuation, see [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:INPut: on page 734 ATTenuation ● Preamp, see [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:INPut:GAIN:STATe on page 734 Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: ESP:HSP ON Manual operation: "Fast SEM" on page 235 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:BANDwidth[:RESolution] <Value>...
  • Page 735 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:COUNt This command returns the number of defined ranges. Suffix: <range> 1...20 range Example: ESP:RANG:COUNt? Returns the number of defined ranges. [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:DELete This command deletes the specified range. The range numbers are updated accord- ingly.
  • Page 736 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "Filter Type" on page 235 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>[:FREQuency]:STARt <Frequency> This command sets the start frequency for the specified range. In order to change the start/stop frequency of the first/last range, select the appropriate span.
  • Page 737 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:INPut:ATTenuation <Value> This command sets the attenuation for the specified range. Note that this parameter can not be set for all ranges if "Fast SEM" mode is activated (see on page 730).
  • Page 738 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: ESP:RANG3:INP:GAIN:STATe ON Switches the preamplifier for range 3 on or off. Manual operation: "Preamp" on page 236 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:INSert <Mode> This command inserts a new range before or after the specified range. The range num- bers are updated accordingly.
  • Page 739 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <range> 1...20 range Parameters: <Level> -400 to in 400 dBm *RST: 13 dBm Example: ESP:RANG1:LIM:ABS:STOP 20 Sets an absolute limit of 20 dBm at the stop frequency of the range.
  • Page 740 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe<range>:LIMit<source>:STATe <State> This command sets the type of limit check for all ranges. Suffix: <range> irrelevant Parameters: <State> ABSolute | RELative | AND | OR ABSolute Checks only the absolute limits defined. RELative Checks only the relative limits.
  • Page 741 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Note that this parameter can not be set for all ranges if "Fast SEM" mode is activated (see on page 730). [SENSe:]ESPectrum:HighSPeed Suffix: <range> 1...20 range Parameters: <SweepTime> Allowed values depend on the ratio of span to RBW and RBW to VBW.
  • Page 742 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: ESP:RANG1:TRAN 'test' Sets the transducer called test for range 1. Manual operation: "Transd. Factor" on page 236 Configuring the Reference Range The following commands define the reference range for the SEM sweep list....................
  • Page 743 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]ESPectrum:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe] <State> This command activates or deactivates the use of an RRC filter. This setting only takes effect if channel power is selected as power reference type (see [SENSe: on page 740).
  • Page 744 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ........743 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ESPectrum:PCLass<Class>:MAXimum ..........743 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ESPectrum:PCLass<Class>:MINimum ..............744 CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ESPectrum:VALue CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ESPectrum:LIMits <Limits> This command sets or queries up to 4 power classes in one step. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <k> irrelevant Parameters: <Limits>...
  • Page 745 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:LIMit<k>:ESPectrum:PCLass<Class>:COUNt <NoPowerClasses> This command sets the number of power classes to be defined. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <k> irrelevant <Class> irrelevant Parameters: <NoPowerClasses> 1 to 4 *RST: Example: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL:COUN 2 Two power classes can be defined.
  • Page 746 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ABSolute Evaluates only limit lines with absolute power values RELative Evaluates only limit lines with relative power values Evaluates limit lines with relative and absolute power values. A negative result is returned if both limits fail. Evaluates limit lines with relative and absolute power values.
  • Page 747 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode <Class> 1...4 the power class to be evaluated Parameters: <Level> <numeric_value> *RST: -200 for class1, otherwise +200 Example: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL2:MIN -40 dBm Sets the minimum power value of the second power class to -40 dBm.
  • Page 748 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode MMEMory:STORe<n>:LIST <FileName> This command stores the current list evaluation results in a <file name>.dat file. The file consists of a data section containing the list evaluation results. Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <FileName>...
  • Page 749 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: CALC:ESP:PSE:MARG 100 Sets the margin to 100 dB. CALCulate<n>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|:PEAKsearch:PSHow <State> This command marks all peaks with blue squares in the diagram. Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 750 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Remote commands exclusive to EMI measurements: ........... 747 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:STATe CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:STATe <State> This command turns the EMI measurement marker functionality on and off. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <m> irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | OFF Performing a Peak Search Commands useful to perform EMI measurements described elsewhere:...
  • Page 751 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode maximum peak detector quasipeak detector *RST: Manual operation: "Marker Configuration" on page 279 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:DETector <Detector> This command selects the detector for a specific marker during the final measurement. If the marker hasn't been active yet, the command also turns the marker on. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 752 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:PSEarch:AUTO This command initiates a marker peak search. Instead of the syntax element PSEarch you can also use PEAKsearch. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <m> irrelevant Usage: Event Manual operation: "Auto Peak Search" on page 279 "Marker Configuration"...
  • Page 753 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:LIMit<k>:DELTa? This command queries the vertical distance from the deltamarker position to the limit line. The unit is dB. If the deltamarker has been assigned to a different trace than the limit line, the com- mand returns -200.
  • Page 754 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode <m> 1...16 marker <k> 1...8 limit line Return values: <Condition> The marker has passed the limit check. The marker is inside the margins of a limit line. The marker has failed the limit check. Example: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:FME:LIM2:COND? Queries the condition of marker 1 in relation to limit line 2.
  • Page 755 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode <m> 1...16 marker Return values: <Result> Power level. The unit depends on the one you have currently set. Example: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:FME:RES? Queries the result of marker 1. Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Marker Table"...
  • Page 756 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. CALC:MARK:X 10MHZ Sets the reference marker (marker 1) to the carrier signal at 10 MHz. CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP ON Switches on the modulation depth measurement. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
  • Page 757 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: CALC:MARK:X 10MHZ Sets the reference marker (marker 1) to the carrier signal at 10 MHz. CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP ON Switches on the modulation depth measurement. CALC:DELT2:X 10KHZ Sets delta markers 2 and 3 to the signals at 10 kHz from the car- rier signal.
  • Page 758 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "Harmonic RBW Auto" on page 312 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:DISTortion? This command queries the total harmonic distortion of the signal. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 759 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <Harmonics> Returns one value for every harmonic. The first value is the absolute power of the first harmonic. The unit is variable. The other values are power levels relative to the first harmonic.
  • Page 760 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> irrelevant Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:PRES Optimizes the device settings for the harmonic measurement. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Adjust Settings" on page 312 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:HARMonics[:STATe] <State> This command turns the harmonic distortion measurement on and off.
  • Page 761 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode 11.5.1.9 Measuring the Carrier-to-Noise Ratio Commands useful to measure the C/N ratio described elsewhere: ● on page 689 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? ● on page 688 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect ● on page 692 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:POWer[:STATe] ●...
  • Page 762 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode The third-order intercept is calculated from the level spacing between the normal mark- ers and the delta markers. Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON...
  • Page 763 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ● Configuring Statistical Measurements..............760 ● Retrieving Results....................761 ● Using Gate Ranges for Statistical Measurements..........762 ● Scaling the Diagram....................764 Configuring Statistical Measurements The following commands configure the measurement................760 CALCulate<n>:STATistics:APD[:STATe] .................
  • Page 764 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:STATistics:NSAMples <NoMeasPoints> This command sets the number of measurement points to be acquired for the statisti- cal measurement functions. Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <NoMeasPoints> 100 to 1E9 *RST: 100000 Example: CALC:STAT:NSAM 500 Sets the number of measurement points to be acquired to 500.
  • Page 765 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:STATistics:RESult<Trace> <ResultType> This command reads out the results of statistical measurements of a recorded trace. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <Trace> 1...6 trace Parameters: <ResultType> MEAN | PEAK | CFACtor | ALL MEAN Average (=RMS) power in dBm measured during the measure- ment time.
  • Page 766 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "Gate Ranges" on page 291 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<k>: PERiod <Value> This command defines the length of the period to be traced using gated triggering. Suffix: <k> 1...6 trace Parameters: <Value>...
  • Page 767 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:STAT1 ON Activates tracing for range 1 of trace 1. Manual operation: "Gate Ranges" on page 291 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe<k>: STOP<range> <Value> This command defines the stopping point for the range to be traced using gated trig- gering Suffix: <k>...
  • Page 768 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode y-axis upper limit: y-axis lower limit: 1E-6 Suffix: <n> irrelevant Example: CALC:STAT:PRES Resets the scaling for statistical functions Manual operation: "Default Settings" on page 290 CALCulate<n>:STATistics:SCALe:AUTO ONCE This command optimizes the level setting of the instrument depending on the mea- sured peak power, in order to obtain maximum instrument sensitivity.
  • Page 769 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:STATistics:SCALe:X:RLEVel <Value> This command defines the reference level for the x-axis of the measurement diagram. The setting is identical to the reference level setting using the DISPlay[: command. WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel With the reference level offset <>...
  • Page 770 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer <Value> This command defines the upper limit for the y-axis of the diagram in statistical mea- surements. Since probabilities are specified on the y-axis, the entered numeric values are dimensionless.
  • Page 771 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode The number of results required for the calculation of average is defined with [SENSe: ]AVERage<n>:COUNt. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 772 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> Selects the marker. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON Switches on the function. CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:REFerence:AUTO ONCE This command sets the currently measured average value (CALCulate<n>: MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe]) and RMS value (CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS[:STATe]) as reference...
  • Page 773 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "Time Domain Power (zero span)" on page 200 "Time Domain Power" on page 272 Retrieving Measurement Results The following commands analyze and retrieve measurement results for time domain power measurements.
  • Page 774 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON Switches on the function. CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON Switches on the average value calculation. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end. CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:AVER:RES? Outputs the result.
  • Page 775 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> Selects the marker. Return values: <MeanPower> Mean power of the signal during the measurement time. Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON Switches on the function.
  • Page 776 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode <m> Selects the marker. Return values: <PeakPower> Peak power of the signal during the measurement time. Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON Switches on the function. CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON Switches on the calculation of average.
  • Page 777 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweeps.
  • Page 778 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweeps.
  • Page 779 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:RESult? This command queries the RMS time domain power. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweeps.
  • Page 780 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:AVERage:RESult? This command queries the average standard deviation of the time domain power. The query is only possible if averaging has been activated previously using CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchroniza- tion to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
  • Page 781 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON Switches on the function. CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON Switches on the peak value measurement. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end. CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV:PHOL:RES? Outputs the result.
  • Page 782 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode <m> Selects the marker. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON Switches on the measurement of the standard deviation. Manual operation: "Std Dev" on page 272 11.5.1.13 Measuring the Pulse Power The commands of this subsystem are used to determine the mean burst power or peak burst power for a given number of signal bursts, and for outputting the results in a list.
  • Page 783 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ● Setting up the instrument and querying the result list after synchronization to the end of measurement: With this method the control computer can be used for other activities while the instrument is performing the measurement at the cost of addi- tional time needed for synchronization via service request.
  • Page 784 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]MPOWer:RESult:MIN? This command queries the lowest pulse power that has been measured during a pulse power measurement. If there are no results, the command returns an error. Return values: <PulsePower>...
  • Page 785 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode The function is only available in the REMOTE operation. It is deactivated on switching back to LOCAL. Parameters: <Frequency> Defines the pulse frequency. Range: 0 Hz to fmax <RBW> Defines the resolution bandwidth.
  • Page 786 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: Sample setting: SENSe:MPOWer 935.2MHz,1MHz,434us,VIDEO,50PCT, 5us,MEAN,20 Performs a measurement sequence with the following settings: Frequency = 935.2 MHz, Resolution bandwidth = 1 MHz Measurement time = 434 µs Trigger source = VIDEO Trigger threshold = 50 % Trigger offset = 5 µs Type of measurement = MEAN power...
  • Page 787 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ● Instrument setup and querying of the result list at the end of the measurement: With this method, the control computer may be used for other activities while the measurement is being performed.
  • Page 788 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]LIST:POWer[:SEQuence] <Frequency>,<RefLevel>,<RfAtt>,<ElAtt>,<FilterType>,<RBW>,<VBW>,<Meas Time>,<TriggerLevel> This command configures and initiates the List Evaluation measurement. The list can contain up to 200 entries (frequencies). You can define a different instru- ment setup for each frequency that is in the list. If you synchronize the measurement with *OPC, the R&S ESRP produces a service request when all frequencies have been measured and the number of individual mea- surements has been performed.
  • Page 789 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode <VBW> Defines the video bandwidth for a list entry. The value is ignored for <filter type> = "CFILter" or "RRC" Range: 1 Hz to 10 MHz in 1, 3, 10 steps <MeasTime>...
  • Page 790 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: SENSe:LIST:POWer 935.2 MHz,0dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,1 MHz,3 MHz,440us, 935.4 MHz,0dBm,10dB,10dB,CFIL,30 kHz,100 kHz, 440us,0, 935.6 MHz,0dBm,10dB,20dB,CFIL,30 kHz,100 kHz, 440us,0 Performs a measurement sequence with the settings described Table 11-22. SENSe:LIST:POWer? 935.2 MHz,0dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,1 MHz,3 MHz,440us, 935.4 MHz,0dBm,10dB,10dB,CFIL,30 kHz,100 kHz, 440us,0, 935.6 MHz,0dBm,10dB,20dB,CFIL,30 kHz,100 kHz,...
  • Page 791 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode <AVGPower> ON | OFF Turns average power evaluation on and off. *RST: <TriggerSource> IMMediate | EXTernal | VIDeo | IFPower | RFPower Selects a trigger source. For more information see "Trg/Gate Source"...
  • Page 792 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode PROBe:ID:PARTnumber? This command returns the material part number of the connected probe. Example: PROB:ID:PART? Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Part number" on page 358 PROBe:ID:SRNumber? This command returns the serial number of the connected probe. Example: PROB:ID:SRN? Usage:...
  • Page 793 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode PROBe[:STATe] <State> This command activates a connected probe. Use this command to switch off the probe and measure the digital input without considering the transducer factor of the probe. Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 794 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <Frequency> Range: 0 to fmax *RST: fmax/2 Default unit: Hz is specified in the data sheet. min span is 10 Hz (SEM and Spurious: min span = 20 Hz) Example: FREQ:CENT 100 MHz Manual operation:...
  • Page 795 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor <Factor> This command defines a step size factor if the center frequency step size is coupled to the span or the resolution bandwidth. Parameters: <Factor> Range: 1 to 100 *RST: Default unit: PCT FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 20PCT...
  • Page 796 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <Offset> Range: -100 GHz to 100 GHz *RST: 0 Hz Default unit: Hz Example: FREQ:OFFS 1GHZ Manual operation: "Frequency Offset" on page 318 [SENSe:]FREQuency:STARt <Frequency> This command defines the start frequency for measurements in the frequency domain. Parameters: <Frequency>...
  • Page 797 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Tracking Signals ........794 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack:BANDwidth|BWIDth ............ 794 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe] ..........795 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack:THReshold ............ 795 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack:TRACe CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack:BANDwidth|BWIDth <Bandwidth> This command defines the bandwidth around the center frequency that is included in the signal tracking process. Note that you have to turn on signal tracking before you can use the command (CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe]).
  • Page 798 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack:THReshold <Level> This command defines a threshold above which the signal is tracked. Note that you have to turn on signal tracking before you can use the command (CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe]). The unit depends on CALCulate<n>:UNIT:POWer.
  • Page 799 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]ADJust:ALL This command determines the ideal frequency and level configuration for the current measurement. Example: ADJ:ALL Manual operation: "Auto All" on page 328 [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFiguration:HYSTeresis:LOWer <Threshold> This command defines a lower threshold the signal must drop below before the refer- ence level is automatically adjusted when the "Auto Level"...
  • Page 800 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <Duration> <numeric value> in seconds Range: 0.001 to 16000.0 *RST: 0.001 Default unit: s Example: ADJ:CONF:LEV:DUR:5 Manual operation: "Meas Time Manual" on page 329 [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:LEVel:DURation:MODE <Mode> This command selects the way the R&S ESRP determines the length of the measure- ment that is performed while determining the ideal reference level.
  • Page 801 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "Auto Freq" on page 328 [SENSe:]ADJust:LEVel This command automatically sets the optimal reference level for the current measure- ment. You can define a threshold that the signal must exceed before the reference level is adjusted, see [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFiguration:HYSTeresis:UPPer [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFiguration:HYSTeresis:LOWer.
  • Page 802 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:FFT <FilterMode> This command defines the filter mode of FFT filters by defining the partial span size. The partial span is the span which is covered by one FFT analysis. This command is only available for sweep type "FFT".
  • Page 803 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <Bandwidth> refer to data sheet *RST: (AUTO is set to ON) Example: BAND:VID 10 kHz Manual operation: "Video BW Manual" on page 332 [SENSe:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO <State> This command couples and decouples the VBW to the RBW. to define the ratio VBW/RBW.
  • Page 804 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:TYPE <Mode> This command selects the position of the video filter in the signal path. Parameters: <Mode> LINear The video filter is applied in front of the logarithmic amplifier. In linear mode, measurements with a logarithmic level scale result in flatter falling edges compared to logarithmic mode.
  • Page 805 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> irrelevant Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE AVER Switches on trace averaging. SWE:COUN 20 Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps. INIT;*WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps. INIT:CONM;*WAI Continues the measurement (next 20 sequences) and waits for the end.
  • Page 806 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]SWEep:TIME <Time> This command defines the sweep time. The range depends on the frequency span. If this command is used in "Spectrum" mode, automatic coupling to resolution band- width and video bandwidth is switched off. Parameters: <Time>...
  • Page 807 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: SWE:TYPE FFT Selects FFT sweeps. Manual operation: "Sweep" on page 330 "FFT" on page 330 "Auto" on page 330 [SENSe:]SWEep:TYPE:USED? This command queries the sweep type if you have turned on automatic selection of the sweep type.
  • Page 808 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <Delay> Range: zero span: -sweeptime (see data sheet) to 30 s; span: 0 to 30 s *RST: Example: TRIG:HOLD 500us Manual operation: "Trigger Offset" on page 349 TRIGger<n>[:SEQuence]:IFPower:HOLDoff <Value> This command sets the holding time before the next IF power trigger event.
  • Page 809 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <TriggerLevel> Range: 0.5 V to 3.5 V *RST: 1.4 V Example: TRIG:LEV 2V TRIGger<n>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IFPower <TriggerLevel> This command defines the power level at the third intermediate frequency that must be exceeded to cause a trigger event.
  • Page 810 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "Video" on page 162 "Trg/Gate Level" on page 348 "Trigger Level" on page 443 TRIGger<n>[:SEQuence]:SLOPe <Type> This command selects the slope of the trigger signal. The selected trigger slope applies to all trigger signal sources.
  • Page 811 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode MASK Selects the frequency mask trigger. TDTRigger Selects the time domain trigger. TIME Selects the time trigger. VIDeo Selects the video trigger. The video trigger is available for time domain measurements.
  • Page 812 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ..................810 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:POLarity ................... 810 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce ..................811 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe <State> This command switches on/off the sweep control by an external gate signal. If the external gate is selected the trigger source is automatically switched to EXTernal as well.
  • Page 813 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "Gate Delay" on page 350 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth <TimeInterval> This command defines a gate length. Parameters: <TimeInterval> 125 ns to 30 s *RST: 400μs Example: SWE:EGAT:LENG 10ms Manual operation: "Gate Length (Gate Mode Edge)"...
  • Page 814 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE <Type> This command sets the type of triggering by the external gate signal. A delay between applying the gate signal and the start of recording measured values can be defined, see on page 809.
  • Page 815 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:UNIT:POWer <Unit> This command selects the unit of the y-axis. The unit applies to all measurement windows. Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <Unit> DBM | V | A | W | DBPW | WATT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | DBUA | AMPere *RST: Example:...
  • Page 816 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> window; For applications that do not have more than 1 measure- ment window, the suffix <n> is irrelevant. <t> irrelevant Parameters: <Mode> ABSolute absolute scaling of the y-axis RELative relative scaling of the y-axis *RST:...
  • Page 817 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "Ref Level Offset" on page 325 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition <Position> This command defines the position of the reference level on the display grid.. Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <t>...
  • Page 818 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode 11.5.3 Analyzing Spectrum Measurements ● Trace Configuration....................815 ● Spectrogram......................824 ● Limit Lines......................828 ● Markers......................... 829 11.5.3.1 Trace Configuration Commands to configure trace described elsewhere: ● on page 652 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:MODE Commands exclusive in spectrum mode ..............
  • Page 819 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode (TRACe1-TRACe5) Subtracts trace 5 from trace 1. (TRACe1-TRACe6) Subtracts trace 6 from trace 1. Example: CALC1:MATH (TRACe1 – TRACe2) Selects the subtraction of trace 2 from trace 1. Manual operation: "Trace Math"...
  • Page 820 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:MATH:STAT ON Switches on the trace mathematics. Manual operation: "Trace Math" on page 365 "Trace Math Off" on page 366 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:MODE:HCONtinuous <State> This command defines whether traces in Min Hold, Max Hold and Average mode (see on page 652) are reset after a parameter DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:MODE...
  • Page 821 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: ON for TRACe1, OFF for TRACe2 to 6 Example: DISP:TRAC3 ON Manual operation: "Blank" on page 148 FORMat[:DATA] <Format> This command selects the data format for the data transmitted from the R&S ESRP to the controlling computer.
  • Page 822 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode MMEMory:STORe<n>:TRACe <Trace>, <FileName> This command stores the selected trace in the specified window in a file with ASCII for- mat. The file format is described in Chapter 6.3.1.6, "ASCII File Export Format", on page 370 The decimal separator (decimal point or comma) for floating-point numerals contained...
  • Page 823 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: SWE:CONT OFF Switching to single sweep mode. AVER:COUN 16 Sets the number of measurements to 16. AVER:STAT ON Switches on the calculation of average. INIT;*WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 16 sweeps. [SENSe:]AVERage<n>[:STATe<Trace>] <State>...
  • Page 824 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Manual operation: "Lin" on page 364 "Log" on page 364 "Power" on page 365 [SENSe:][WINDow:]DETector<trace>[:FUNCtion] <Function> This command selects the detector for the data acquisition in the selected trace. Suffix: <trace>...
  • Page 825 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode TRACe<n>:COPY <TraceNumber>, <TraceNumber> This command copies data from one trace to another. Suffix: <n> window; For applications that do not have more than 1 measure- ment window, the suffix <n> is irrelevant. Parameters: <TraceNumber>, TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4 | TRACE5 | TRACE6,...
  • Page 826 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Table 11-23: Return values for TRACE1 to TRACE6 parameter The trace data consists of a list of power levels that have been measured. The number of power levels in the list depends on the currently selected number of sweep points.
  • Page 827 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode TRACe<n>[:DATA]:X? <TraceNumber> This command reads the x-values of the selected trace. Suffix: <n> 1...4 window; For applications that have only one measurement screen, the suffix is irrelevant. Query parameters: <TraceNumber>...
  • Page 828 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: CALC:SGR:COL GRAY Selects black and white color scheme. Manual operation: "Color Mapping" on page 377 CALCulate<n>:SGRam:CONT <State> This command determines whether the results of the last measurement are deleted before starting a new measurement in single sweep mode.
  • Page 829 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:SGRam:FRAMe:SELect <Frame> This command selects a specific frame for further analysis. The command is available only if no measurement is running or after a single sweep has ended. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 830 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> 1...4 Selects the measurement window. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:SGR ON Activates the Spectrogram result display. Manual operation: "Spectrogram (On Off)" on page 376 Configuring the Color Map Commands useful to work with markers in the spectrogram described elsewhere: ●...
  • Page 831 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ● on page 626 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:BELow ● on page 626 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum:NEXT ● on page 627 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:SGRam:Y:MINimum[:PEAK] Using Deltamarkers Commands useful to work with markers in the spectrogram described elsewhere: ● on page 666 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MAXimum:LEFT ●...
  • Page 832 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:TLINe<Line> <Time> This command defines the position of a time line. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <Line> 1 | 2 Selects the time line. Parameters: <Time> Range: 0 to 30000000000 *RST: (STATe to OFF) Default unit: s Example:...
  • Page 833 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ● on page 657 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:CSTep ● on page 657 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:ZOOM ● on page 660 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MAXimum:LEFT ● on page 660 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MAXimum:NEXT ● on page 661 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MAXimum[:PEAK] ● on page 661 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:MAXimum:RIGHt ●...
  • Page 834 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:LOEXclude <State> This command turns the local oscillator suppression during a peak search on or off. Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> irrelevant Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:LOEX ON...
  • Page 835 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> Selects the marker. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:MIN:AUTO ON Activates the automatic minimum value search function for marker 1 at the end of each particular sweep. Manual operation: "Auto Max Peak/Auto Min Peak"...
  • Page 836 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode *RST: POINts CALC:MARK:X:SSIZ STAN Example: Sets the measured value step size. Manual operation: "Stepsize Standard" on page 378 "Stepsize Sweep Points" on page 378 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:Y:PERCent <Probability> This command positions the selected marker to the given probability. If you use the command in combination with a delta marker, that delta marker is turned into a normal marker.
  • Page 837 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:THR:STAT ON Switches on the threshold line. Manual operation: "Threshold" on page 182 "Search Lim Off" on page 183 DISPlay:MTABle <DisplayMode> This command turns the marker table on and off. Parameters: <DisplayMode>...
  • Page 838 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode ● on page 671 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:X:RELative? ● on page 671 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:Y ................835 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MREF CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:MREF <RefMarkerNo> This command defines the reference marker for a delta marker other than marker 1. The reference may be another marker or the fixed reference.
  • Page 839 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X <Reference> This command defines the horizontal position of the fixed delta marker reference point. The coordinates of the reference may be anywhere in the diagram. When measuring the phase noise, the command defines the frequency reference for delta marker 2.
  • Page 840 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> Selects the marker. Parameters: <Offset> Level offset that is added to the display of all delta markers. *RST: 0 dB Example: CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y:OFFS 10dB Sets the level offset for the measurement with fixed reference value or the phase-noise measurement to 10 dB.
  • Page 841 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Signal Count ................838 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt ............838 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt:FREQuency? ............... 839 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt:RESolution CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt <State> This command turns the frequency counter at the marker position for marker 1 on and off. The count result is queried with CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:COUNt:FREQuency?. The frequency counter works for one marker only.
  • Page 842 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Return values: <Frequency> Frequency at the marker position. Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. CALC:MARK ON Switches on marker 2. CALC:MARK:COUN ON Activates the frequency counter for marker 1. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
  • Page 843 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. CALC:MARK2 ON Switches on marker 2. CALC:MARK:FUNC:NOIS ON Switches on noise measurement. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end. CALC:MARK2:NOIS:RES? Outputs the noise result of marker 2.
  • Page 844 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:DELT:FUNC:PNO:AUTO ON Activates an automatic peak search for the reference marker in a phase-noise measurement. Manual operation: "Ph. Noise Auto Peak Search" on page 390 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? This command queries the result of the phase noise measurement.
  • Page 845 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:DELT:FUNC:PNO ON Switches on the phase-noise measurement with all delta mark- ers. CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 128 MHZ Sets the frequency reference to 128 MHz. CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y 30 DBM Sets the reference level to +30 dBm Manual operation:...
  • Page 846 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> Selects the marker. Parameters: <Duration> Range: 10 ms to 1000 s *RST: Marker demodulation = OFF Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:DEM:HOLD 3s Manual operation: "Mkr Stop Time" on page 391 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect <DemodMode>...
  • Page 847 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode n dB Down Marker ............844 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown ........844 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:FREQuency? ..........845 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:QFACtor ..........845 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult? ..........846 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:STATe ..........846 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:TIME? CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:NDBDown <Distance> This command defines the distance of the n dB down markers to the reference marker. The temporary markers T1 and T2 are positioned n dB below the active reference marker.
  • Page 848 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode <frequency 2> absolute frequency of the n dB marker to the right of the refer- ence marker in Hz Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD ON Switches on the n dB down function.
  • Page 849 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Parameters: <Distance> The result depends on the span. In case of frequency domain measurements, the command returns the bandwidth between the two n dB down markers in Hz. In case of time domain measurements, the command returns the pulse width between the two n dB down markers in seconds.
  • Page 850 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode <m> irrelevant Return values: <Time> <time 1> absolute position in time of the n dB marker to the left of the ref- erence marker in seconds <time 2> absolute position in time of the n dB marker to the right of the reference marker in seconds Example: INIT:CONT OFF...
  • Page 851 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:ANN:LAB:STAT OFF Removes the peak labels from the diagram Manual operation: "Marker Number" on page 395 CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt? This command queries the number of peaks that have been found during a peak search.
  • Page 852 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> Selects the marker. Parameters: <NoMaxima> Range: 1 to 200 Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT;*WAI Starts measurement and synchronizes to end CALC:MARK:TRAC 1 Sets marker 1 to trace 1 CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT X...
  • Page 853 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. <m> Selects the marker. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SEAR:AUTO ON Activates marker peak search CALCulate<n>:MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT <SortMode> This command selects the order in which the results of a peak search are returned. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 854 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode The order depends on the sort order that has been set with CALCulate<n>: on page 850. MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT The number of peaks on the number that has been set with CALCulate<n>: MARKer<m>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt?.
  • Page 855 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT Y Sets the sort mode to decreasing y values CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 3 Searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1 CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:COUN? Queries the number of maxima found CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:Y? Queries the levels of the maxima found Usage: Query only...
  • Page 856 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Return values: <Power> Signal power over the marker bandwidth. Example: Activate the band power marker: CALC:MARK:FUNC:BPOW:STAT ON Select the density mode for the result: CALC:MARK:FUNC:BPOW:MODE DENS Query the result: CALC:MARK:FUNC:BPOW:RES? Response: 20dBm/Hz...
  • Page 857 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:BPOW:STAT ON Manual operation: "Band Power On/Off" on page 395 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer:MODE <Mode> This command selects the way the results for a band power delta marker are dis- played. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 858 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode <m> irrelevant Parameters: <Span> Numeric value that defines the span in Hz. The maximum span depends on the marker position and R&S FSV model. *RST: 5% of current span Example: CALC:DELT:BPOW:SPAN 20 CALCulate<n>:DELTamarker<m>:FUNCtion:BPOWer[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 859 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode ..................863 TRACe<n>:IQ:DATA:MEMory? .....................864 TRACe<n>:IQ:EGATe ..................... 864 TRACe<n>:IQ:EGATe:GAP ..................865 TRACe<n>:IQ:EGATe:LENGth ................865 TRACe<n>:IQ:EGATe:NOFgateperiods ................... 865 TRACe<n>:IQ:EGATe:TYPE .......................866 TRACe<n>:IQ:EVAL ....................866 TRACe<n>:IQ[:STATe] ..................... 867 TRACe<n>:IQ:TPISample? CALCulate<n>:FORMat <Format> This command defines the display type of the IQ data. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 860 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode Example: CALC4:MARK:SEAR IMAG Manual operation: "Search Settings" on page 440 DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TRACe<t>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue <Value> The command defines the power value assigned to the reference position in the grid. Suffix: <n> irrelevant <t>...
  • Page 861 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode TRACe<n>:IQ:RLENgth <NoOfSamples> This command sets the record length for the acquired I/Q data. Increasing the record length automatically also increases the measurement time. Note: Alternatively, you can define the measurement time using the SENS:SWE:TIME command.
  • Page 862 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode <TriggerSlope> POSitive | NEGative Used trigger slope. *RST: <PretriggerSamp> Defines the trigger offset in terms of pretrigger samples. Nega- tive values correspond to a trigger delay. This value also defines the interval between the trigger signal and the gate edge in samples.
  • Page 863 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode TRACe<n>:IQ:DATA This command starts a measurement with the settings defined via TRACe<n>:IQ:SET and returns the list of measurement results (I/Q samples) immediately after they are corrected in terms of frequency response. The number of measurement results depends on the settings defined with TRACe<n>:IQ:SET, the output format depends on the settings of the FORMat subsystem.
  • Page 864 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode Figure 11-5: IQ data formats Note: 512k corresponds to 524288 samples Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <Format> COMPatible | IQBLock | IQPair *RST: IQBL For maximum performance, the formats "Compatible" or "IQPair" should be used.
  • Page 865 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode TRACe<n>:IQ:AVERage:COUNt <NumberSets> This command defines the number of I/Q data sets that are to serve as a basis for averaging. Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <NumberSets> 0 to 32767 *RST: Example: TRAC:IQ ON Switches on acquisition of I/Q data.
  • Page 866 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode TRACe<n>:IQ:DATA:MEMory? <OffsetSamples>,<NoOfSamples> This command reads out previously acquired (and frequency response corrected) I/Q data from the memory. Furthermore, the offset related to the start of measurement and the number of I/Q samples are given. Thus, a previously acquired data set can be read out in smaller portions.
  • Page 867 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode Example: TRAC:IQ:STAT ON Enables acquisition of I/Q data TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,EXT,POS,100,4096 Measurement configuration: Sample Rate = 32 MHz Trigger Source = External Trigger Slope = Positive Pretrigger Samples = 100 Number of Samples = 4096 INIT;*WAI Starts measurement and wait for sync...
  • Page 868 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode Parameters: <Samples> <numeric value> Max = MaxPreTriggerSamples * 128 MHz/sample rate pretrigger samples defined by TRACe<n>:IQ:SET; sample rate defined by TRACe<n>:IQ:SRATe) Range: 1...Max (samples) *RST: Example: TRAC:IQ:EGAT:GAP 2 TRACe<n>:IQ:EGATe:LENGth <GateLength> Defines the gate length in samples in edge mode.
  • Page 869 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <Type> LEVel | EDGE *RST: EDGE Example: TRAC:IQ:EGAT:TYPE LEV TRACe<n>:IQ:EVAL <State> This command enables or disables the IQ data evaluation mode and is a prerequisite for the IQ Analyzer functions.
  • Page 870 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands in I/Q Analyzer Mode To switch trace display back on, use the command. TRACe<n>:IQ:EVAL Note: to enable the evaluation functions of the IQ Analyzer, you must also execute the command TRACe<n>:IQ:EVAL. Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 871 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator SCPI command: TRACE:IQ:EGATE:TYPE EDGE, see TRACe<n>:IQ:EGATe: on page 865 TYPE ● Level triggered recording After a trigger signal, all data is recorded in which the gate signal is set to 1, which means it has exceeded a level.
  • Page 872 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator ..................870 [SENSe:]CORRection[:STATe] ....................871 SOURce<n>:AM:STATe ....................871 SOURce<n>:DM:STATe ..................... 872 SOURce<n>:FM:DEViation ....................872 SOURce<n>:FM:STATe ................... 873 SOURce<n>:FREQuency:OFFSet ............873 SOURce<n>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] ............. 873 SOURce<n>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet ....................874 SOURce<n>:POWer:MODE .................... 874 SOURce<n>:POWer:STARt .....................875 SOURce<n>:POWer:STOP OUTPut[:STATe] <State>...
  • Page 873 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator Example: INIT:CONT OFF Selects single sweep operation CORR:COLL THR;*WAI Starts the measurement of reference data using direct connec- tion between generator and device input and waits for the sweep end.
  • Page 874 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator The command is available if a tracking generator is installed and has been turned on. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: CORR ON Activates normalization. Usage: SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Normalize"...
  • Page 875 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator Example: SOUR2:DM:STAT ON Switches on the external I/Q modulation of the tracking genera- tor for screen B. Usage: SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "External I/Q" on page 450 "Modulation OFF" on page 450 "External IQ"...
  • Page 876 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator Usage: SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "External FM" on page 450 "Modulation OFF" on page 450 SOURce<n>:FREQuency:OFFSet <Offset> This command defines a frequency offset of the tracking generator. Frequency-con- verting DUTs can be measured with this setting.
  • Page 877 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator Parameters: <Offset> Range: -200 dB to +200 dB *RST: Example: SOUR:POW:OFFS -10dB Sets the level offset of the tracking generator to – 20 dBm. Usage: SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Power Offset"...
  • Page 878 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator Usage: SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Power Sweep Start" on page 451 SOURce<n>:POWer:STOP <Power> This command defines the stop power of the power sweep. The stop value can be smaller than the start value.
  • Page 879 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator Parameters: <Name> '<name> Example: CORR:TRAN:GEN 'SMU01' Creates the transducer file C:\r_s\instr\trd\SMU01.trd. Manual operation: "Save As Trd Factor" on page 450 SOURce<n>:EXTernal<generator>:FREQuency <Frequency> This command defines a fixed source frequency for the external tracking generator. This command is only valid for the External Tracking Generator option (R&S FSV-B10).
  • Page 880 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator SOURce<n>:EXTernal<generator>:FREQuency[:FACTor]:DENominator <Value> This command defines the denominator of the factor with which the analyzer frequency is multiplied in order to obtain the transmit frequency of the selected generator. This command is only valid for the External Tracking Generator option (R&S FSV-B10).
  • Page 881 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator <generator> 1 | 2 tracking generator For Noise Figure measurements (K30): 1 only Parameters: <Value> <numeric value> *RST: Example: SOUR:EXT:FREQ:NUM 4" "SOUR:EXT:FREQ:DEN 3" Sets a multiplication factor of 4/3, i.e. the transmit frequency of the generator is 4/3 times the analyzer frequency.
  • Page 882 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator Manual operation: "Generator Frequency (Numerator/Denominator/Offset)" on page 460 SOURce<n>:EXTernal<generator>:FREQuency:SWEep[:STATe] <State> This command activates or deactivates the frequency sweep for the selected genera- tor. This command is requires the optional External Tracking Generator. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 883 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator Suffix: <n> irrelevant <generator> 1 | 2 tracking generator For Noise Figure measurements (K30): 1 only Parameters: <Source> INTernal the internal reference is used EXTernal the external reference is used; if none is available, an error flag is displayed in the status bar EAUTo the external reference is used as long as it is available, then the...
  • Page 884 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator Manual operation: "Source RF Internal (On/ Off)" on page 448 SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:RDEVice:GENerator<generator>:ADDRess <Number> Changes the IEC/IEEE-bus address of the external tracking generator. This command is only available if the R&S FSV-B10 option (External Tracking Genera- tor) is installed.
  • Page 885 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Commands to Control the Tracking Generator The difference between the two GPIB operating modes is the execution speed. While, during GPIB operation, each frequency to be set is transmitted to the generator sepa- rately, a whole frequency list can be programmed in one go if the TTL interface is also used.
  • Page 886 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Common Commands Parameters: <Name> Generator name | NONE *RST: NONE Example: SYST:COMM:RDEV:GEN2:TYPE 'SME02' Selects SME02 as generator 2 Mode: A, NF Manual operation: "Type" on page 461 11.8 Common Commands Common commands are described in the IEEE 488.2 (IEC 625-2) standard. These commands have the same effect and are employed in the same way on different devi- ces.
  • Page 887 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Common Commands *CLS Clear status Sets the status byte (STB), the standard event register (ESR) and the EVENt part of the QUEStionable and the OPERation registers to zero. The command does not alter the mask and transition parts of the registers. It clears the output buffer. Usage: Setting only *ESE <Value>...
  • Page 888 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Common Commands *OPC Operation complete Sets bit 0 in the event status register when all preceding commands have been execu- ted. This bit can be used to initiate a service request. The query form writes a "1" into the output buffer as soon as all preceding commands have been executed.
  • Page 889 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Common Commands The contents of the status registers are preserved. Resets the status registers. *RST Reset Sets the instrument to a defined default status. The default settings are indicated in the description of commands. The command is equivalent to SYSTem:PRESet. Usage: Setting only *SRE <Contents>...
  • Page 890 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration Note: If you start a self-test remotely, then select the "Local" softkey while the test is still running, the instrument only returns to the manual operation state after the test is completed. In this case, the self-test cannot be aborted. Return values: <ErrorCode>...
  • Page 891 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration .................... 891 SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume ....................... 891 SYSTem:TIME ....................891 SYSTem:TIME:TSTamp? ......................891 SYSTem:VERSion? ....................892 SYSTem:DISPlay:FPANel ...................... 892 SYSTem:DEVice:ID? ......................892 SYSTem:DATE SYSTem:APPLication:SRECovery[:STATe] <State> Controls instrument behavior when switching between measurement applications, e.g. from "Spectrum" to "Analog Demod" and back. If activated, the current instrument settings are stored when you switch to a different application.
  • Page 892 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration Example: SYST:COMP FSP Usage: SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Compatibility Mode" on page 485 "Mode Default" on page 486 "Mode R&S FSP" on page 486 "Mode R&S FSU" on page 486 SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate <State> In remote control mode, this command switches on or off the instrument display. If switched on, only the diagrams, traces and display fields are displayed and updated.
  • Page 893 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration Format is compatible to the R&S FSL family *RST: not reset! Example: SYST:FORM:IDEN LEG Adapts the return value of *IDN? to the R&S FSP/FSU/FSQ fam- ily. Manual operation: "*IDN Format Leg./New" on page 489 SYSTem:KLOCk <State>...
  • Page 894 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration SYSTem:REBoot This command reboots the instrument, including the operating system. Usage: Event SYSTem:SHUTdown This command shuts down the instrument. Usage: Event SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume <Volume> This command defines the volume of the built-in loudspeaker for demodulated signals. Parameters: <Volume>...
  • Page 895 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value. SYST:VERS? Example: Usage: Query only SCPI confirmed SYSTem:DISPlay:FPANel <State> This command activates or deactivates the display of the front panel keys on the screen.
  • Page 896 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration 11.9.2 Checking the System Configuration .................893 DIAGnostic<n>:SERVice:BIOSinfo? ...................893 DIAGnostic<n>:SERVice:HWINfo? ................894 DIAGnostic<n>:SERVice:VERSinfo? ....................894 SYSTem:IDENtify:FACTory ..................... 894 SYSTem:IDENtify[:STRing] .................... 894 SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:ALL ....................895 SYSTem:ERRor:LIST? ....................895 SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? DIAGnostic<n>:SERVice:BIOSinfo? This command queries the CPU board BIOS version. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 897 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration DIAGnostic<n>:SERVice:VERSinfo? This command queries information about the hardware and software components. Suffix: <n> irrelevant Return values: <Information> String containing the version of hardware and software compo- nents including the types of licenses for installed firmware options.
  • Page 898 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration Example: SYST:ERR:CLE:ALL Usage: Event Manual operation: "Clear All Messages" on page 496 SYSTem:ERRor:LIST? This command reads all system messages and returns a list of comma separated strings. Each string corresponds to an entry in the table SYSTEM MESSAGES. If the error list is empty, an empty string "...
  • Page 899 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration INSTrument:COUPle:ATTen <State> This command turns synchronization of the attenuation and unit between measure- ment channels on and off. Parameters: <State> ALL | 1 Turns on synchronization. NONE | 0 Turns off synchronization. *RST: Example: INST:COUP:ATT ALL Synchronizes the attenuation.
  • Page 900 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration INSTrument:COUPle:DEMod <State> This command turns synchronization of the audio demodulator configuration between measurement channels on and off. Parameters: <State> ALL | 1 Turns on synchronization. NONE | 0 Turns off synchronization. *RST: NONE Example: INST:COUP:DEM ALL Synchronizes the audio demodulator configuration.
  • Page 901 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration INSTrument:COUPle:MARKer <State> This command turns synchronization of the marker frequency between measurement channels on and off. Parameters: <State> ALL | 1 Turns on synchronization. NONE | 0 Turns off synchronization. *RST: NONE Example: INST:COUP:MARK ALL Synchronizes the receiver frequency and the marker frequency.
  • Page 902 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration INSTrument:COUPle:SPAN <State> This command turns synchronization of the start and stop frequency between mea- surement channels on and off. Parameters: <State> ALL | 1 Turns on synchronization. NONE | 0 Turns off synchronization. *RST: NONE Example:...
  • Page 903 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration Example: INP:PRES:STAT OFF Turns off the preselector. Manual operation: "Preselector (On Off)" on page 355 INPut<ip>:UPORt:STATe <State> This command toggles the control lines of the user ports for the AUX PORT connector. This 9-pole SUB-D male connector is located on the rear panel of the R&S ESRP. See the R&S ESRP Getting Started manual for details.
  • Page 904 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration *RST: OUTP:IF VID Example: Selects the video signal for the IF output connector. Manual operation: "Video Output" on page 355 OUTPut:TRIGger <PortLevel> This command selects level of the Trigger Out port. Thus, you can trigger an additional device via the external trigger port, for example.
  • Page 905 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration Parameters: <Value> bit values in hexadecimal format TTL type voltage levels (max. 5V) Range: #B00000000 to #B00111111 OUTP:UPOR #B00100100 Example: Sets pins 5 and 7 to 5 V. Manual operation: "User Port" on page 163 11.9.5 Configuring the Reference Frequency ..............
  • Page 906 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration Manual operation: "Reference Int/Ext" on page 478 "Show Error Flag" on page 478 "Auto select Reference" on page 478 [SENSe:]ROSCillator:SOURce:EAUTo? This command queries the current reference type in case you have activated an auto- matic switch to the internal reference if the external reference is missing.
  • Page 907 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration In order to recognize when the acquisition of correction data is completed, the MAV bit in the status byte can be used. If the associated bit is set in the Service Request Enable Register, the instrument generates a service request after the acquisition of correction data has been completed.
  • Page 908 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration Before you can use the command, you have to feed in a calibration signal with on page 905. DIAGnostic<n>:SERVice:INPut[:SELect] Suffix: <n> irrelevant Parameters: <Frequency> Possible frequencies of the calibration signal are fix. If you define a frequency that is not available, the R&S ESRP uses the next available frequency.
  • Page 909 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration Example: DIAG:SERV:STES:RES? would return, e.g.: "Total Selftest Status: PASSED", "Date (dd/mm/yyyy): 09/07/2004 TIME: 16:24:54", "Runtime: 00:06", "... Usage: Query only Manual operation: "Selftest Results" on page 498 DIAGnostic<n>:SERVice:TEMPerature:FRONt? This command queries the temperature of the frontend. Parameters: <Temperature>...
  • Page 910 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP System Configuration Manual operation: "Service Function" on page 499 DIAGnostic<n>:SERVice:SFUNction:LASTresult? This command queries the results of the most recent service function you have used. Suffix: <n> irrelevant Example: DIAG:SERV:SFUN:LAST? Usage: Query only DIAGnostic<n>:SERVice:SFUNction:RESults:DELete This command deletes the results of the most recent service function you have used. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 911 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Data Management Example: SYST:PASS XXXX Usage: Event SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Password" on page 499 11.10 Data Management ● Managing Data Files..................... 908 ● Saving and Restoring Customized Data............... 913 11.10.1 Managing Data Files .......................908 MMEMory:CATalog? .....................909 MMEMory:CATalog:LONG?
  • Page 912 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Data Management Usage: Query only SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Select File" on page 502 MMEMory:CATalog:LONG? Corresponds to on page 908, but displays extended information MMEMory:CATalog? on the files contained in the current or specified directory. This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
  • Page 913 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Data Management MMEMory:CDIRectory <Directory> This command changes the current directory. Parameters: <Directory> <directory_name> <directory_name> DOS path name In addition to the path name, the indication of the directory may contain the drive name. The path name complies with the DOS conventions.
  • Page 914 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Data Management Manual operation: "Copy" on page 506 MMEMory:DATA <FileName>, [<Block>] This command writes the block data contained in <block> into the file characterized by <file_name>. The delimiter must be set to EOI to obtain error-free data transfer. The associated query command reads the indicated file from the mass memory and transfers it to the remote control computer.
  • Page 915 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Data Management MMEMory:MDIRectory <Directory> This command creates a new directory. The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive name. The path name complies with DOS conventions. Parameters: <Directory> <directory_name> = DOS path name Example: MMEM:MDIR 'C:\R_S\Instr\user' Usage:...
  • Page 916 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Data Management Manual operation: "Edit Path" on page 505 MMEMory:NAME <FileName> This command defines a destination file for the printout started with the HCOPy[: on page 931 command. In this case the printer output must be IMMediate<1|2>] routed to a file as destination.
  • Page 917 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Data Management MMEMory:CLEar:ALL This command deletes all instrument configuration files in the current directory. You can select the directory with on page 910. The default MMEMory:CDIRectory directory is C:\R_S\instr\user. Example: MMEM:CLE:ALL Usage: Event MMEMory:CLEar:STATe 1, <FileName> This command deletes the instrument settings file selected by <file_name>.
  • Page 918 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Data Management Usage: Event Manual operation: "Startup Recall (On/Off)" on page 504 MMEMory:LOAD:STATe 1, <FileName> This command restores and activates an instrument configuration stored in a *.dfl file. Note that files with other formats cannot be loaded with this command. The contents that are reloaded from the file are defined by the last selection made either in the "Save/Recall"...
  • Page 919 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Data Management Usage: SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Save File / Recall File" on page 502 "Recall" on page 503 MMEMory:STORe:IQ:COMM <Description> Defines a description of the export file which is stored with the data and also displayed in the file selection dialog box for I/Q data import and export.
  • Page 920 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Using Transducers Usage: Event SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Save File / Recall File" on page 502 MMEMory:STORe<n>:STATe:NEXT This command stores the current device settings in a *.dfl file. The file name used in the last saving process is automatically counted up to the next unused name. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 921 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Using Transducers Managing a transducer set //Select or create a transducer set CORR:TSET:SEL 'Transducer Set' //Define a comment for the transducer set CORR:TSET:COMM 'Transducer set example' //Define a unit for the transducer set CORR:TSET:UNIT 'DB' //Turn the transducer break on CORR:TSET:BRE ON //Define the first transducer range...
  • Page 922 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Using Transducers *RST: Example: "Designing a transducer factor" on page 917. Manual operation: "Defining characteristics of a transducer factor" on page 479 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:ACTive? This command queries the currently active transducer factor. Parameters: <TransducerFactor> String containing the name of the transducer factor. If no transducer factor is active, the string is empty.
  • Page 923 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Using Transducers Example: "Designing a transducer factor" on page 917. Manual operation: "Defining characteristics of a transducer factor" on page 479 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DATA <Frequency>,<Level> This command defines the shape of the transducer factor. A transducer factor may contain up to 625 reference values. Each reference value is a combination of a frequency and a level value.
  • Page 924 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Using Transducers Manual operation: "Defining characteristics of a transducer factor" on page 479 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect <FileName> This command creates or selects a transducer factor. Parameters: <FileName> String containing the name of the transducer factor. If the name does not exist yet, the R&S ESRP creates a trans- ducer factor by that name.
  • Page 925 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Using Transducers [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:VIEW <State> This command includes or excludes a figure of a transducer factor in the diagram. Before you can use the command, you have to select a transducer factor with [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example:...
  • Page 926 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Using Transducers [SENSe:]CORRection:TSET:COMMent <Comment> This command defines a comment for a transducer set. Before you can use the command, you have to select a transducer set with [SENSe: ]CORRection:TSET:SELect. Parameters: <Comment> String containing the comment. Example: "Managing a transducer set"...
  • Page 927 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Using Transducers [SENSe:]CORRection:TSET:SELect <FileName> This command creates or selects a transducer set. Parameters: <FileName> String containing the name of the transducer set. If the name does not exist yet, the R&S ESRP creates a trans- ducer set by that name.
  • Page 928 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Documentation 11.12 Documentation Table 11-25: CMAP assignment Suffix Description CMAP1 Background CMAP2 Grid CMAP3* Common text CMAP4* Check status OK CMAP5* Check status error CMAP6* Text special 1 CMAP7* Text special 2 CMAP8 Trace 1 CMAP9 Trace 2 CMAP10...
  • Page 929 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Documentation Suffix Description CMAP32* Table overall (Title Text) CMAP33* Table overall (Title background) CMAP34* Table overall (Text) CMAP35* Table overall (Background) CMAP36* Table value (Title text) CMAP37* Table value (Title background) CMAP38* Table value (Text) CMAP39* Table value (Background) CMAP40...
  • Page 930 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Documentation HCOPy:ABORt This command aborts a running hardcopy output. Example: HCOP:ABOR Usage: Event SCPI confirmed HCOPy:CMAP<item>:DEFault <ColorSet> This command defines the color scheme for print jobs. Suffix: <item> Selects the display item. For more information see Table 11-25.
  • Page 931 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Documentation <sat> numeric value saturation of the color Range: 0 to 1 <lum> numeric value brightness of the color Range: 0 to 1 Example: HCOP:CMAP2:HSL 0.3,0.8,1.0 Changes the grid color Usage: SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Select Object"...
  • Page 932 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Documentation 'SYST:COMM:PRIN' Sends the hardcopy to the printer. You can select the printer with SYSTem:COMMunicate: PRINter:SELect <1|2>. 'SYST:COMM:CLIP' Sends the hardcopy to the clipboard. The format should be WEMF. *RST: SYST:COMM:CLIP Example: SYST:COMM:PRIN:SEL2 'LASER on LPT1' Selects the printer and output medium for device 2.
  • Page 933 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Documentation WMF | EWMF WINDOWS Metafile and Enhanced Metafile Format: Data formats for output files which can be integrated in corre- sponding programs for documentation purposes at a later time. WMF can only be used for output to a file and EWMF also for the output to the clipboard.
  • Page 934 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Documentation Example: HCOP:ITEM:WIND:TEXT 'comment' Manual operation: "Comment" on page 516 HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation<1|2> <Orientation> The command selects the format of the printout. The command is only available if the output device is a printer (see HCOPy: on page 928). DESTination<1|2>...
  • Page 935 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Documentation Example: HCOP:DEV:LANG BMP Selects the data format. HCOP:DEST 'MMEM' Directs the hardcopy to a file. MMEM:NAME 'C:\R_S\instr\user\Print.bmp' Selects the file name. If the file Print.bmp already exists, it is replaced. HCOP Saves the hardcopy output into the file Print.bmp. Example: HCOP:MODE REPort HCOP:DEV:LANG PDF...
  • Page 936 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Documentation SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt? This command queries the name of the first printer (in the list of printers) available under Windows operating system. The names of other installed printers can be queried with the SYSTem:COMMunicate: command. PRINter:ENUMerate[:NEXT]? If no printer is configured an empty string is output.
  • Page 937 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports 11.13 Working with Test Reports ● Designing a Test Report Template................ 934 ● Creating a Test Report..................941 ● Deprecated Commands (Test Report)..............944 11.13.1 Designing a Test Report Template ● Selecting the Test Report Contents...............934 ●...
  • Page 938 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports Manual operation: "Selecting the Test Report Contents" on page 517 Table 11-26: Available <items> in receiver application <Item> Description Default DIAGram Screenshot of the scan results. FRESults Numerical results for the final measurement. HEADer Header made up of several lines of information that is (by default) displayed on each page of the test report.
  • Page 939 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports <Item> Description Default RESultlist Numerical measurement results. SETTings Settings that have been used during a measurement. TDSTamp Date and time of the measurement. TRANsducer Characteristics of the transducer. 11.13.1.2 Designing the Header of the Test Report Commands useful to design the test report header described elsewhere: ●...
  • Page 940 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:LINE<line>:TEXT <Description> This command defines a descriptive text for one of the items part of the report header. You can define up to 7 items in the header. on page 937 to define HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:LINE<line>:TITLe custom titles for each item.
  • Page 941 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports Make sure that the title string is not too long, because strings that are too long could mess up the layout of the report. Example: HCOP:TREP:ITEM:HEAD:LINE3:TITL 'Device under Test' Renames the third title into "Device under Test". Manual operation: "Designing the Header of the Test Report"...
  • Page 942 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports 11.13.1.3 Defining the Contents of the Title Page ..................939 HCOPy:TREPort:DESCription .....................939 HCOPy:TREPort:PAGesize ....................939 HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe HCOPy:TREPort:DESCription <Description> This command defines the description of the test report as shown on its title page. Parameters: <Description>...
  • Page 943 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:CATalog? This command queries the test report templates available in the default report directory (and its subdirectories). Return values: <Templates> String containing the name of the templates as a comma-sepa- rated list. Example: HCOP:TREP:ITEM:TEMP:CAT? would return, e.g.:...
  • Page 944 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports 11.13.2 Creating a Test Report ● Configuring and Printing the Test Report.............. 941 ● Adding and Removing Datasets................941 ● Selecting Datasets for the Report................. 943 11.13.2.1 Configuring and Printing the Test Report Commands useful to configure and print the test report described elsewhere: ●...
  • Page 945 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports Example: Perform a measurement, then: HCOP:TREP:NEW Creates a new test report with the results of the first measure- ment. Perform another measurement, then: HCOP:TREP:APP Adds the results of the second measurement to the test report. Usage: Event Manual operation:...
  • Page 946 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Working with Test Reports Example: HCOP:TREP:TEST:SEL:NONE Deselects all datasets. HCOP:TREP:TEST:SEL 2,ON HCOP:TREP:TEST:SEL 3,ON Selects the second and third datasets. HCOP:TREP:TEST:REM:SEL Deletes the selected datasets (the second and third). Usage: Event Manual operation: "Adding and Removing Datasets" on page 522 11.13.2.3 Selecting Datasets for the Report...
  • Page 947 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Display Configuration Example: HCOP:TREP:TEST:SEL:INV Inverts the selection of dataset to be included in a test report. Usage: Event Manual operation: "Selecting Datasets for the Report" on page 522 HCOPy:TREPort:TEST:SELect:NONE This command excludes all datasets from the test report. Example: HCOP:TREP:TEST:SEL:NONE Removes all dataset from the test report.
  • Page 948 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Display Configuration 11.14.1 Controlling Display Elements ..................945 DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency ..................945 DISPlay:CMAP<item>:DEFault ..................... 946 DISPlay:CMAP<item>:HSL ..................946 DISPlay:CMAP<item>:PDEFined ......................947 DISPlay:FORMat ......................947 DISPlay:LOGO ....................947 DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff ....................947 DISPlay:PSAVe[:STATe] ....................948 DISPlay:SBAR[:STATe] ....................948 DISPlay:SKEYs[:STATe] ....................948 DISPlay:TBAR[STATe] ....................948 DISPlay:THEMe:CATalog? ....................
  • Page 949 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Display Configuration Usage: Event SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Select Screen Color Set" on page 492 "Set to Default" on page 493 DISPlay:CMAP<item>:HSL <ColorTable> This command defines the color table of the instrument. The set values are not changed by *RST. Suffix: <item>...
  • Page 950 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Display Configuration Manual operation: "Predefined Colors" on page 493 DISPlay:FORMat <Format> This command switches the measurement result display between FULL SCREEN and SPLIT SCREEN. Parameters: <Format> SINGle | SPLit SPLit Show 2 or more screens on the display SINGle Show only 1 screen on the display *RST:...
  • Page 951 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Display Configuration Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: DISP:PSAVe ON Switches on the power-save mode. Manual operation: "Display Pwr Save (On/Off)" on page 494 DISPlay:SBAR[:STATe] <State> This command turns the status bar in the display on and off. Parameters: <State>...
  • Page 952 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Display Configuration DISPlay:THEMe:SELect <Theme> This command selects a theme for the screen display. The theme defines the colors used for keys and screen elements, for example. Parameters: <Theme> String containing the name of the theme. *RST: Example: DISP:THEM:SEL "OceanBlue"...
  • Page 953 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Display Configuration <m> 1 | 2 selects the item in the window to be displayed in full size: 1: diagram 2: result list Parameters: <Size> LARGe | SMALl LARGe Channel and adjacent-channel power measurements: diagram in full screen.
  • Page 954 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Display Configuration Suffix: <n> Selects the measurement window. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: DISP:TEXT:STAT ON Switches on the title. DISPlay[:WINDow<n>]:TEXT[:DATA] <Comment> This command defines a comment (max. 20 characters) which can be displayed in one of the measurement windows.
  • Page 955 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Display Configuration Example: DISP:TIME ON Switches the screen display of date and time on. DISP:TIME:FORM US Switches the date and time format to US. Manual operation: "Time+Date Format (US/DE)" on page 491 INITiate<n>:DISPlay <State> This command turns the display during a single sweep measurement on or off. Suffix: <n>...
  • Page 956 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Display Configuration MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:DEFault This command includes the default list in the settings file to be stored/loaded. For details on hardware settings refer to the MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings on page 953 command. Example: MMEM:SEL:DEFault MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings <State> This command includes the hardware settings in the settings file to be stored/loaded. The hardware settings include: ●...
  • Page 957 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Display Configuration Manual operation: "Disable all Items" on page 503 MMEMory:SEL[:ITEM]:SGRam <State> This command includes or excludes spectrogram data when storing or restoring a con- figuration file. Parameters: <State> ON | OFF Example: MMEM:SEL:SGR ON Adds spectrogram data to the configuration file.
  • Page 958 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Network Connection <Label> string This parameter defines the label of the user-definable softkey. *RST: User<Softkey_number> Example: MMEM:USER1 'C:\MySaveSets\Set1','Set1' Loads settings file Set1 when the "Set1" softkey in the "User" menu is selected. Example: MMEM:USER3 'C:\MySaveSets\Set3','' Loads settings file Set3 when the "User3"...
  • Page 959 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Network Connection Note that you have to allow sharing for a server or folder in Microsoft networks first. Parameters: <Drive> String containing the drive name or path of the directory you want to map. <HostName> String containing the host name of the computer or the IP address and the share name of the drive.
  • Page 960 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Network Connection Manual operation: "Map Network Drive" on page 507 SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess <Address> This command changes the GPIB address of the unit. Parameters: <Address> 0 to 30 *RST: (no influence on this parameter, factory default 20) Example: SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR 18 Usage:...
  • Page 961 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Network Connection SYSTem:LXI:LANReset This command resets the LAN configuration to the values required by the LXI stan- dard. In addition, the password is reset to its initial state aas well as the LXI instrument description. Only user accounts with administrator rights are able to use LXI functionality.
  • Page 962 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Network Connection SYSTem:REVision:FACTory Resets the response to the REV? query to the default value, e.g. after a user string was defined using the command. (REV? query availa- SYSTem:REVision[:STRing] ble for HP emulation only, see Chapter 11.18, "GPIB Commands of HP Models 856xE, 8566A/B, 8568A/B and 8594E", on page 1007.)
  • Page 963 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Network Connection This command is only available if a HP language is selected using SYSTem:LANGuage Parameters: <State> ON | OFF *RST: Example: SYSTem:RSW ON Usage: SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Sweep Repeat (On/Off)" on page 487 SYSTem:LANGuage <Language>...
  • Page 964 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Network Connection Example: SYSTem:HPC HP Usage: SCPI confirmed Manual operation: "Coupling (FSx/HP)" on page 488 SYSTem:IFGain:MODE <Mode> Configures the internal IF gain settings in HP emulation mode due to the application needs. This setting is only taken into account for resolution bandwidth < 300 kHz and is only available if a HP language is selected using SYSTem:LANGuage.
  • Page 965 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Status Register Example: *RST :SYSTem:TWALKing ENHanced :SENSe:SWEep:MODE LIST INIT:CONT OFF LIST:RANG4:DEL;RANG3:DEL //without enhanced tree walking this command would deliver an error Manual operation: "Tree Walking" on page 488 11.16 Status Register For more information on the contents of the status registers see the following sections. Status registers in receiver mode: ●...
  • Page 966 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Status Register STATus:PRESet This command resets the edge detectors and ENABle parts of all registers to a defined value. All PTRansition parts are set to FFFFh, i.e. all transitions from 0 to 1 are detec- ted.
  • Page 967 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Status Register STATus:OPERation:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<n>:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<n>:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition? STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:CONDition? These commands read out the CONDition section of the status register. The commands do not delete the contents of the EVENt section. Usage: Query only 11.16.4 Controlling the ENABle Part For more information on the enable part see Chapter 11.1.6.2, "Structure of a SCPI...
  • Page 968 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition <SumBit> STATus:QUEStionable:TRANsducer:NTRansition <SumBit> These commands control the Negative TRansition part of a register. Setting a bit causes a 1 to 0 transition in the corresponding bit of the associated regis- ter.
  • Page 969 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples In programming languages as C, C or programs as MATLAB, NI Interactive Control, a backslash starts an escape sequence (e.g. "\n" is used to start a new line). In these programming languages and programs, two backslashes instead of one must be used in remote commands (for an example refer to Chapter 11.2.3.1, "Basic Steps in...
  • Page 970 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples 11.17.13 Spurious Emissions Measurement................996 11.17.14 Averaging I/Q Data......................999 11.17.15 Using IQ Gating......................1000 11.17.16 Usage of Four Spectrum Instances................1005 11.17.1 Service Request The service request routine requires an extended initialization of the instrument in which the relevant bits of the transition and enable registers are set.
  • Page 971 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples 11.17.1.2 Waiting for the Arrival of a Service Request There are basically two methods of waiting for the arrival of a service request: Blocking (user inputs not possible): This method is appropriate if the waiting time until the event to be signaled by an SRQ is short (shorter than the selected timeout), if no response to user inputs is required during the waiting time, and if –...
  • Page 972 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples event has not yet occurred. In this way, the system can respond to user inputs (mouse clicks, key entries) during the waiting time. It is advisable to employ the Hold() auxiliary function, which returns control to the oper- ating system for a selectable waiting time (see section Waiting Without Blocking the Keyboard and...
  • Page 973 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples 'function Do While Timer < Start + delayTime/1000 'Check timer count DoEvents 'Return control to operating 'system to enable control of 'desired elements as long as 'timer has not elapsed Loop End Sub Rem ***********************************************************************...
  • Page 974 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples If (mySTB And 32) > 0 Then Call Esrread() End If Catch exp As Exception Console.WriteLine(exp.Message) End Try End Sub 'End of SRQ routine Reading out the status event registers, the output buffer and the error/event queue is effected in subroutines.
  • Page 975 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples hasErr = False Console.WriteLine(result) Else Console.WriteLine(result) End If Loop While hasErr End Sub 11.17.1.7 Evaluation of SCPI Status Registers REM ------ Subroutine for evaluating Questionable Status Register --------- Public SUB Questionablestatus() Ques$ = SPACE$(20) 'Preallocate blanks to text 'variable...
  • Page 976 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples End Try End Sub 11.17.1.8 Evaluation of Event Status Register REM ------ Subroutine for evaluating the Event Status Register ------------ Public SUB Esrread() Esr$ = SPACE$(20) 'Preallocate blanks to text 'variable CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "*ESR?") 'Read ESR CALL InstrRead(analyzer, Esr$)
  • Page 977 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples End Try End Sub 11.17.2 Using Marker and Delta Marker 11.17.2.1 Shape Factor Measurement (using n dB down) The n-dB-down function of the R&S ESRP is used twice to determine the shape factor of a filter (ratio of bandwidths at 60 dB and 3 dB below the filter maximum).
  • Page 978 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples Print "Shapefaktor 60 dB/3 dB:";result60/result3 END SUB REM ************************************************************************ 11.17.2.2 Measuring the Third Order Intercept Point The third order intercept point (TOI) is the (virtual) level of two adjacent useful signals at which the intermodulation products of third order have the same level as the useful signals.
  • Page 979 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples END SUB REM ************************************************************************ 11.17.2.3 Measuring the AM Modulation Depth The example below is based on an AM-modulated signal at 100 MHz with the following characteristics: Carrier signal level -30 dBm AF frequency 100 kHz Modulation depth...
  • Page 980 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples – 120 MHz/-70 dB, – 126 MHz/-40 dB, – 127 MHz/-40 dB, – 128 MHz/-10 dB, – 129 MHz/-40 dB, – 130 MHz/-40 dB, – 136 MHz/-70 dB ● Relative y-axis with unit dB ●...
  • Page 981 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples '----------- Activate and evaluate the limit line ------------- CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "CALC:LIM5:UPP:STAT ON") 'Activate line 5 CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "CALC:LIM5:STAT ON") 'Activate limit check CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "INIT;*WAI") 'Perform sweep with sync CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "CALC:LIM5:FAIL?") 'Query result of limit check CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$) 'Result: 1 (= FAIL)
  • Page 982 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples 'OFF: off '--------- Set frequency --------------------------------------------------- CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "FREQ:CENT 800 MHz") 'Set frequency '--------- Set level ------------------------------------------------------- CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV 10 dBm") 'Reference level '--------- Example 1: Configure CP/ACP for CDMA---------------------------- CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP") 'ACP measurement on CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES F8CDMA")
  • Page 983 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "INIT;*WAI") 'Perform sweep with sync CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? ACP") 'Query result CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$) '--------- Read out result ------------------------------------------------- Print "Result (CP, ACP low, ACP up):"Print result$ '--------- Active limit check ---------------------------------------------- result$ = Space$(100) CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30 DB, 30 DB")
  • Page 984 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT1 100 KHZ Sets the spacing between the alternate adjacent channels and the TX channel. For details refer to [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<channel> on page 701. POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT2 140 KHZ Sets the spacing between the transmission channel and alternate channel 2 to 140 kHz.
  • Page 985 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples '--------- Configure R&S FSV for OBW for GSM------------------------------ CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "FREQ:CENT 935.2 MHz") 'Set frequency CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL OBW") 'OBW measurement on CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "SENS:POW:ACH:BAND 200 KHZ") 'Channel bandw.
  • Page 986 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples 'Peak measurement on CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON") 'Mean measurement on CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON") 'RMS measurement on CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON") 'Standard deviation on '------------------- Perform measurement and query results ---------------- CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "INIT;*WAI") 'Perform sweep with sync 'Query results: query$ = "CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:RES?;"...
  • Page 987 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples Figure 11-6: Block diagram illustrating signal processing in analyzer In the example below, a GSM pulse sequence of 8 pulses is measured with an offset of 50 ms of the first pulse, 450 ms measurement time/pulse and 576.9 ms pulse period. REM ************************************************************************ Public Sub MultiSumMarker() result$ = Space$(200)
  • Page 988 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples Print result$ END SUB REM ************************************************************************ 11.17.7.2 Multi-Burst Power Measurement The multi-burst power measurement function is suitable for measuring the power of a sequence of pulses with the following characteristics: ●...
  • Page 989 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples ● Number of pulses to be measured During the measurement, each pulse is mapped into a pixel of the screen, i.e. any change of the trace can be detected only at the left-hand edge of the screen. Maximum measurement speed is as usual achieved with the display switched off.
  • Page 990 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples surement sensitivity, therefore, the reference level is lowered by 10 dB from the third harmonic. The following settings are used: Reference level: 10.00 dBm up to first harmonic, 0 dBm from 2nd harmonic RF attenuation: 20 dB Electronic attenuation:...
  • Page 991 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples cmd$ = "LIST:POWer?"cmd$ = cmd$ + "935.2 MHZ, 10 dBm, 20 dB,OFF,NORM,1 MHz,3 MHz, 300 us, 0, " cmd$ = cmd$ + "1805.2 MHZ, 10 dBm, 20 dB,OFF,NORM,1 MHz,3 MHz,300 us, 0, " cmd$ = cmd$ + "1870.4 MHZ, 10 dBm, 20 dB,OFF,NORM,1 MHz,3 MHz,300 us, 0, "...
  • Page 992 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples cmd$ = "CORR:TRAN:DATA" 'Enter frequency and level cmd$ = cmd$ + "10 MHz, 0," 'values. Level values without cmd$ = cmd$ + "100 MHz, 3," 'unit! cmd$ = cmd$ + "1GHz, 7,"cmd$ = cmd$ + "3GHz, 10" CALL InstrWrite (analyzer,cmd$) 'Enter frequency and level values '--------- Activate transducer --------------------------------------- CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "CORR:TRAN:STAT ON")
  • Page 993 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples 'Q data (= 512*1024 bytes) 'Note: 'Visual Basic cannot read in 'data volumes larger than '512 k words! Dim digits As Byte 'No. of digits as length Dim IQBytes As Long 'Length of trace data in bytes Dim IQValues As Long 'No.
  • Page 994 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "FORMAT ASCII") 'Set ASCII format CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:DATA?") 'Re-measure and read out 'I/Q data CALL InstrRead(analyzer, asciiResult$) CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:STAT OFF") 'Stop I/Q data aquisition 'mode if no further 'measurements are to be 'done...
  • Page 995 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples END SUB REM ************************************************************************ 11.17.11.2 Creating a File on the Instrument In the following example, the TEST1.R&S FSV.DFL file available on the controller is stored in the instrument under C:\R_S\Instr\user\DUPLICAT.R&S FSV.DFL. REM ************************************************************************ Public Sub WriteFile() '--------- Generate variables ----------------------------------------------...
  • Page 996 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples 11.17.12.1 Using Predefined Standard Wibro In the following example, the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement is configured using a predefined standard XML file. REM ************************************************************************ '--------- General settings of the instrument ------------------------------ CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "*RST") 'Reset instrument CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF") 'Switch to single sweep CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "INIT:IMM;*WAI") 'Make sure no sweep is running...
  • Page 997 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF") 'Switch to single sweep CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "INIT:IMM;*WAI") 'Make sure no sweep is running CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:SWEep:MODE ESPectrum") 'Set measurement mode Rem After preset 3 ranges are available where the middle one is Rem the reference range for calculating the TX power CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:FREQuency:CENTer 2.2GHz") 'Center frequency 2.2 GHz...
  • Page 998 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples 'Set the resolution bandwidth CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:FILTer:TYPE CFILter") 'Set the channel filters CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:BANDwidth:VIDeo 3 MHZ") 'Set the video bandwidth to 3 MHz CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:SWEep:TIME 20 ms") 'Set the sweep time to 20 ms CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:RLEVel 5 DBM") 'Set the reference level to 5 dBm...
  • Page 999 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:FREQuency:STARt 1 MHz") CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:FREQuency:STOP 2 MHz") CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:BANDwidth:RESolution 100 kHz") CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:FILTer:TYPE NORM") CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:BANDwidth:VIDeo 300 kHZ") CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:SWEep:TIME 50 ms") CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:RLEVel 10 DBM") CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:INPut:ATTenuation 30 DB") CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, ":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt...
  • Page 1000 ® Remote Control R&S ESRP Remote Control – Programming Examples Rem independent from the set measurement mode. '--------- Deleting all ranges --------------------------------------------- Rem Delete all ranges to prepare for setting up a new measurement CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "SENSe1:LIST:RANGe4:DELete") 'Delete range 4 CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "SENSe1:LIST:RANGe3:DELete") CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "SENSe1:LIST:RANGe2:DELete") CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:DELete")

This manual is also suitable for:

Esrp3Esrp7Fsv-b9Esrp-k53Esrp-k56

Table of Contents